Page #1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Prākrta Prose and Verse
Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani
roottatt जैन विद्या संस्थान श्री महावीरजी
Apabhraísa Sahitya Academy
Jaina Vidya Saṁsthāna Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra Śri Mahāviraji
Rajasthan
in Education International
Page #2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Prākta Prose and Verse [English Translation of the Selected Portions of
Prakệta Gadya-Padya Saurabha]
Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani (Former Professor of Philosophy M.L. Sukhadia University
Udaipur)
प्राणुज्जीयो जोवो
Published by Apabhraṁsa Sahitya Academy
Jaina Vidya Saṁsthāna Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kşetra Śri Mahaviraji
Rajasthan
Page #3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Publisher: Apabhraíśa Sahitya Academy (Jaina Vidya Samsthāna) Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra Śri Mahaviraji Śrī Mahāviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan)
Copies From :
Jaina Vidya Samsthana Śri Mahaviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan) Telephone : 07469-2224323 Sahitya Vikraya Kendra Digambara Jaina Nasiyam Bhattārakaji Savāi Rămasimha Road, Jaipur - 302 004 Tel. : 0141-2385247
All rights reserved
First Edition : 2008
Price: Rs.5001 - US$ 22
Computer Typesetting : Shyam Agarwal A-336, Malviya Nagar, Jaipur - 302017 (Rajasthan) Ph.: 9887223674
Printed at: Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. M.I. Road, Jaipur - 302 001 Telephone : 0141-2373822, 2362468
Page #4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson No. Subject
Prelusive
Dedication
Introduction
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Contents
Mangalācaraṇa
Samaṇasuttaṁ
Uttarådhyayana
Vajjälagga
Bhagavati Årådhanā
Amangaliyapurisassa Kahā
Viusie Puttabahue Kahāṇagaṁ
Gehe Suro
Vajjälagga
Bhagavati Ärädhanā
Amangaliyapurisassa Kaha
Viusie Puttabahue Kahāṇagaṁ
Gehe Suro
Page No.
vii
ix
xi
2 2 2 3
Grammatical Analysis and Meaning of Words
Mangalācaraṇa
Samaṇasuttaṁ
Uttaradhyayana
10
24
34
44
52
56
66
79
89
114
132
149
162
171
199
Page #5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page #6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
'ल
a
क्
k
اعره
च्
ट्
++
त्
t
PA
प्
य्
کرے
y
श्
Ś
B. 1.
आ
å
(Anusvara)
इ
i
ख्
kh
छ्
ch
th
थ्
th
फ्
ph
र्
r
ष्
$
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Diacritical Marks
Vowels
उ
u
Consonants
ग्
g
ज्
j
ड्
ḍ
द्
d
ब्
ल्
1
ऊ
ū
स्
S
घ्
gh
झ्
jh
दू
dh
ध्
dh
भ्
bh
व्
V
po
ह्
h
ओ
०
C
ञ्
ñ
5 C
ण्
न्
n
FE
म्
m
V
Page #7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page #8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Prelusive
We feel great pleasure in placing the book ‘Prāksta Prose and Verse' in the hands of the readers. In fact, this book is the English translation of the second edition of ‘Prākstā Gadya - Padya Saurabha' published in 2003 by the Apabhraíśa Sāhitya Academy, Jaipur.
It goes without saying that Prāksta language is one of the richest Indo-Aryan languages. It is the most ancient and sacred language of India.
It is of capital importance to note that Prāksta is the language of the masses. Its vast literature in varied literary forms contributes to the dignity and excellence of the cultural heritage of Indian tradition.
In consequence, the proper understanding of Prākṣta and Apabhraṁsa language and literature is indispensible for comprehending the development of Hindi literature rightly and adequately.
Recognising the importance of Prākṣta language in the cultural history of India, the Managing Committe of Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra, Śri Mahāvīraji established Apabhraíśa Sāhitya Academy in 1988, which runs correspondence courses for teaching Prāksta and Apabhramśa languages. The Academy has published books for the implementation of these courses. Books on
Prakrta Prose and Verse Jain Education international
vii
Page #9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Prāksta Grammar and Composition, Prāksta Exercises and Advance Prāksta Grammar and Composition have been published for those desirous of learning Prāksta language through Hindi medium. For teaching Prāksta language to the English knowing people, our new publication, “Prākṣta Prose and Verse' which is the English translation of ‘Prākṣta Gadya - Padya Saurabha' in Hindi will facilitate the learning of Prāksta to the students of English language. Prāksta Grammar and Composition has already been published in 2006.
We offer our thanks to the learned researchers of the Saṁsthāna (Institute) specially Smt. Shakuntala Jain and to M/s Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. for organising the publication of the book.
Naresh Kumar Sethi Prakash Chand Jain Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani President Secretary
Samyojaka Managing Committee
Jaina Vidya Samsthana Samiti Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kşetra
Jaipur Śri Mahaviraji
28 October, 2008
viii
Pråksta Prose and Verse
Page #10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Dedicated
To
Dr. A.N. Upadhye And
Dr. Hiralal Jain
Page #11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page #12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Introduction Relating to Prákyta language, the following should be understood.
Alphabets of Praksta
Vowels 37, 37, ?, , 3, , 9, 3 a, ā, i, i, u, d, e, o
Consonants as, a, a, a, 5 ka, kha, ga, gha, na 2, 3, 5, 7, ca, cha, ja, jha, ña
tha, da, dha, ņa
ta
tha, da, dha, na
pa, pha, ba, bha, ma 9, , , a ya, ra, la, va
sa, ha . (Anusvāra) (Anunåsika)
ń, It may be noted here that in Prāksta the use of na and ña is not found in non-conjunct form. In Hemacandra Prāksta Grammar the use of na and ña in conjunct form is traceable. The use of na is seen in conjunct and non-conjunct form. The alternative of na, ña, na in conjunct form is m.
Page #13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Number :
In Prāksta language, there are only two numbers :1. Singular
2. Plural Gender:
In Pråksta language, there are three Genders :1. Masculine Gender
2. Feminine Gender 3. Neuter Gender Person :
In Prāksta language, there are only three Persons :1. First Person
2. Second Person 3. Third Person Case :
In Praksta language, there are eight Cases :1. Nominative Case
2. Accusative Case 3. Instrumental Case
4. Dative Case 5. Ablative Case
6. Genitive Case 7. Locative Case
8. Vocative Case Verb:
In Prāksta language, there are only two kinds of Verbs :1. Transitive
2. Intransitive Tense:
In Prāksta language, there are four type of Tenses :1. Present Tense
2. Past Tense 3. Future Tense
4. Imperative Words :
In Prākṣta language, four kinds of Words are in use :1. a-ending
2. i-i-ending 3. a- ending
4. u-ū-ending
xii
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
The Vocalic sounds of the Devanagari Syllabary in combination with the
consonants of the syllabary
क
ki
ku
ख
kha
ख kha
खा khá
खि khi
खी khi
खु khu
खू khu
खे khe
खो kho
गि
गी
गो
गू gủ
गे ge
gi
gu
.
go
gha
घ gha
घा ghi
घि ghi
घी ghi
घु chu
घू phủ
घे ghe
घो gho
Jain
Prakrta Prose and Verse
www.jainelivary.org
Page #15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ङ na
ङा ङि náři
ङी ni
कु nu
कू nu
ङे ne
ङो no
___ च
चा
चि
ची
العي
لغو
चे
चो
ci
3
2
2
___ छ | cha
छा cha
छि chi
छी chi
छु chu
छू chủ
छे che
छो cho
ज
जा
जि
जी
لكي
للكو
जे
जो
E
E
झ jha
झा jhả
झि jhi
झी jhi
झु jhu
झू jhu
झे jhe
झो jho
XIV
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ña
त्र ña
आ ñã
जि ñi
जी ñi
जु ñu
जू ñã
ने ño
जो ño
ट
टा
टि
टी
टु
टू
टे
टो
I
tu
-
te
tha
ठ ठाठि tha thả thi
ठी thi
ठु thu
ठू thu
ठे the
ठो tho
ड da
डा da
डि di
डी
डी di
डु du
डू du
डे de
डो do
dha
ढू
ढे
ढ dha
ढा dhá
ढि dhi
ढी ढु dhidhu
ढो dho
dhủ
dhe
Jain Prákrta Prose and Verse
www.jaineXVrary.org
Page #17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5 2
ण
त
ta
थ
tha
da
65
ध
dha
ण
na
त
ta
थ
tha
द
da
ध
dha
Xvi
णा
nā
ता
tā
था
thå
दा
dā
ni
ति
ti
थि
thi
दि
क
di
S
dhi
ni
ti
thi
to
di
धा धि धी
dhå
dhi
णु
nu
तु
tu
थु
thu
दु
অম
du
धु
تكر)
dhu
nů
तू
tū
थू
thū
dù
धू
بلو
dhu
णे
ne
न
te
the
de
णो
no
तो
to
थो
tho
दो
do
धे
धो
dhe dho
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
न
na
प
pa
फ
pha
ब
Ba
भ
Bha
म
Ma
न
na
प
pa
ब
ba
म
ना
ma
nã
पा
på
भ भा
bha bhā
फ
फा
फि
pha phä phi phi
बा
bå
मा
må
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
नि
ni
pi
पिपी
ननु
5
ni
मि
pi
बि
bi bi
mi
416
बी
nu
(b)
mi
पु
pu
له
भि भी भु
bhi
bhi
बु
bu
फु
phu phù
bhu
मी मु
mu
नू
nů
पू
pu
श्र
बू
bū
لهو
ملو
भू
bhü
मू
لو
mū
ने
ne
पे
pe
Af
phe
न
be
भे
bhe
मे
me
नो
no
पो
po
फो
pho
बो
bo
भो
bho
मो
mo
xvii
Page #19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
य
यु
यू
ये
यो
या yā
यि yi
यी yi
yu
E.
र रा रि री रु रू रे रो ra rri . rñ ru rú re ro
ला
लि
ली
العو
ते
लो
E
व
वा
4
هر
वि
' Fि8
vā
ve
5
کی
स
सा så
सि si
सी si
___ह
ha
हा hả
हि hi
ही hi
हु hu
हू hu
हे he
हो bo
xviii
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Prākịta Prose and Verse
Page #21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 1
Mangalácarana
Namo Arahantānam. Namo Siddhāņań. Namo Āyariyāņań. Ņamo Uvajjhāyāņań Namo Loe Savvasāhūņaṁ.
Eso Pañcaņamokkāro, Savvapävappaņāsaņo. Mangalāņam Ca Savvesim, Padhamań Havai Mangalam.
3.
Arahantā Mangalaṁ. Siddhā Mangalam. Sāhū Mangalam. Kevalipannatto Dhammo Mangalaṁ.
4.
Arahantä Loguttamā. Siddha Loguttamā. Sāhū Loguttamā. Kevalipaņņatto Dhammo Loguttamo.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 1
Auspicious Observance
Obeisance to Arahantas (embodied spiritually perfect personalities). Obeisance to Siddhas (disembodied spiritually perfect souls). Obeisance to Ācāryas (propagators of ethico-spiritual values). Obeisance to Upadhyāyas (teachers of ethico-spiritual values). Obeisance to all the Sädhus (pious personalities) in the world.
2.
This five-fold obeisance is the destroyer of all the vices and (so) among all the auspicious observances (this) becomes the fore-most auspicious observance.
3.
Arahantas are auspicious. Siddhas are auspicious. Sadhus are auspicious. Dharma (ethico-spiritual values) preached by the omniscient is auspicious.
4.
Arahantas are excellent in the world. Siddhas are excellent in the world. Sadhus are excellent in the world. Dharma (ethico-spiritual values) preached by the omniscient is excellent in the world.
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5.
Arahante Saranam Pavvajjāmi. Siddhe Saranam Pavvajjāmi. Sāhū Saranam Pavvajjāmi. Kevalipannattaṁ Dhammam Saranam Pavvajjāmi.
6.
Jhāyahi Pañca Vi Gurave, Mangalacausaraṇaloyapariyarie. Nara - Sura - Kheyara - Mahie, Ārāhaņaņāyage
Vire.
7.
Ghanaghāikammamahaņā, TihuvanavarabhavvaKamalamattanļā. Arihā Anantaņāņi, Anuvamasokkha Jayantu Jae.
8.
Atthavihakammaviyalā, Nitthiyakajjā Panatthasaṁsārā. Ditthasayalatthasārā, Siddhā Siddhim Mama Disantu.
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5.
Tresort to the shelter of Arahantas. I resort to the shelter of Siddhas. I resort to the shelter of Sādhus. I resort to the shelter of the Dharma (ethico-spiritual values) preached by the omniscient.
Meditate only on the five holy teachers (spiritual pillars) who are permeated with spiritual energy, who are auspicious, who are the shelters in the four grades of existence, by whom the world has been adorned, who are the supreme objects of devotion, and who have been adored by the human and celestial beings along with the Vidyadharas (human beings moving in the sky by means of supernormal powers).
May the Arahantas who are the annihilators of the dense obscuring Karmas (psycho-physical impurities), who are like the sun for the lotus of releasable souls existent in the three worlds, who are infinite knowers and are also enjoyers of unique bliss, win in the world.
8.
May the Siddhas who are devoid of eight types of Karmas (psycho-physical impurities), by whom all the purposes have been accomplished, by whom (their own) reincarnations in the world have been put to an end, by whom the essences of all the substances have been known, show me the path to liberation.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
9.
Pañcamahavvayatungā, Takkāliya-SaparasamayaSudadhārā. Nāņāgumaganabhariya, Airiya Mama Pasidantu.
10.
Anņāņaghoratimire, Durantatiramhi, Hiņdamāņāņaṁ. Bhaviyāņujjoyayarā, Uvajjhāyā Varamadim Dentu.
11.
Thiradhariyasilamālā, Vavagayarāyā Jasohapaļihattha. Bahuviņayabhūsiyangā, Suhāiṁ Sāhū Payacchantu.
12. Arihantā, Asarīrā, Āyariyā, Uvajjhāya Muņino.
Pañcakkharanippanno, Orkāro Pañca Paramiţthi.
Prákyta Prose and Verse
Page #26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
9.
May tha Acāryas who have acquired exalted position by observing five Mahávratas (complete vows), who are the possessors of contemporary knowledge of their own faith and the faith of others and who have been saturated with diverse clusters of virtues, do good to
me.
10. May the Upādhyāyas who are the illuminators of the
mundane souls wandering in the dense darkness of ignorance which is difficult in crossing, impart supreme understanding (to me).
11. May the Sådhus who are full of multitude of glory, by
whom the garland of virtues has been steadily sustained, by whom attachment has been cast aside and by whom the parts of the body have been adorned with immense modesty, bestow happiness on me.
12. Arahantas, Aśarīras (Siddhas), Ācāryas, Upådhyāyas
and Munis are the five objects of devotion. Oṁkāra has emerged from the five letters (A + A + A+ U + M).
Prakrta Prose and Verse Jain Education international
Page #27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
8
13.
14.
Arahantabhāsiyattham Gaṇaharadevehim Ganthiyam
Sammaṁ.
Paṇamāmi Bhatijutto, Sudaṇāṇamahodahim Sirasă.
Sasamaya-Parasamayaviŭ, Gambhiro Dittimam Sivo
Gunasayakalio Jutto, Pavayaṇasaram Parikaheum.
Somo.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
13.
14.
The meaning revealed by the Arahanta (embodied spiritually perfect personality) has been properly worded by the Gaṇadharas (chief disciples of the Arahanta). So by bowing my head with devotion, I make obeisance to the ocean of (worded) scriptural knowledge.
He who is the knower of his own faith and the faith of the other, who is profound, resplendent, benevolent, tranquil and who has been endowed with hundreds of virtues, is competent for delivering the essence of the doctrine (preached by the Arahantas).
Präkṛta Prose and Verse
9
Page #29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 2
Samaņasuttam
1.
Sutthuvi Maggijjanto, Kattha Vi Kelii Natthi Jaha Sāro. Indiavisaesu Taha, Natthi Suhaṁ Sutthu Vi Gavitthaṁ.
2.
Jaha Kacchullo Kacchuṁ Kanduyamāņo Duhań Muņai Sukkhaṁ. Mohaurà Maņussā, Taha Kāmaduhaṁ Suham Binti.
3.
Kammaṁ Cinanti Savasā, Tassudayammi U Paravvasă Honti. Rukkham Duruhai Savaso, Vigalai Sa Paravvaso Tatto.
4.
Kammavasă Khalu Jivá, Jivavasāim Kahiñci Kammāim. Katthai Dhaņio Balavaṁ, Dharanio Katthai Balavam.
10
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 2
Samaņasuttam
1.
Just as in the plantain tree there is anywhere no substance (stem to be seen) in spite of its being searched well, so also there is no (experience of) happiness in sensuous objects even if it has been investigated thoroughly.
Just as an itchy (person) scratching his own itch regards that suffering (caused by itching) as pleasure, so also the persons possessed by attachment consider suffering caused by desire to be pleasure.
3.
(When men) choose the Karma (action for Karmic bondage) (they) are free; but in the rise of that (bound) Karma, (they) become dependent, (as when a person) climbs a tree, he is free; (but when) he falls from it, he becomes dependent (choiceless).
4.
(Somewhere) the Jivas are certainly subject to Karmas (psycho-physical impurities) and somewhere Karmas are certainly subject to Jivas; (as) somewhere the money-lender is powerful (and) somewhere the debtor is powerful.
11
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5.
Bhave Viratto Maņuo Visogo, Eeņa Dukkhohaparamparena. Na Lippai Bhavamajjhe Vi Santo, Jaleņa Vā Pokkhariņīpalāsaṁ.
6.
Dhammo Mangalamukkiţtham, Ahimsa Sañjamo Tavo. Deva Vi Tam Namassanti Jassa Dhamme Sayā Mano.
7.
Dhammo Vatthusahāvo, Khamădibhavo Ya Dasaviho Dhammo. Rayaņattayam Ca Dhammo, Jivānań Rakkhanam Dhammo.
8.
Khammāmi Savvajivānas, Savve Jīvā Khamantu Me. Mitti Me Savvabhūdesu, Veraṁ Majjhaṁ Na Keņa Vi.
9.
Je Ya Kante Pie Bhoe, Laddhe Vipit;hikuvvai. Sāhine Cayai Bhoe, Se Hu Cāi Tti Vuccai.
12
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The person who lives in the world unattched to worldly objects becomes free from sorrow. In spite of his being in the midst of the world, he is not defiled by this series of multitude of sufferings, just as the leaf of the lotusplant is not defiled by water.
That which is Ahimsa (non-violence), self-restraint and austerity is Dharma (spiritual value). It is by virtue of the Dharma (spiritual values) that supreme spiritual beneficence results. To him whose mind is always (absorbed) in the Dharma (spiritual values) even gods pay homage.
The basic nature of a (sentient) thing is known as Dharma (spiritual value); and the mental states of forgiveness etc. are ten kinds of Dharma (spiritual values); the togetherness of three Jewels is also Dharma (spiritual value); and again the protection of Jivas (beings) is Dharma (spiritual value).
I forgive all the beings. May all the beings forgive me. My amity exists in all the beings and my enmity is not with anybody too.
He who gives his back to the alluring and likeable pleasures which have been obtained (by him) (and also) abandons self-possessed pleasures is really a renunciatory. It is said so.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
13
Page #33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10.
Já Jā Vajjai Rayaņi, Na Sa Padiniyattai. Ahammam Kuņamāṇassa, Aphala Janti Rāio.
11.
Jo Sahassam Sahassāņam, Sangāme Dujjae Jine. Egam Jinejja Appāņaṁ, Esa Se Paramo Jao.
12.
Appăņameva Jujjhāhi, Kim Te Jujjhena Bajjhao. Appāņameva Appāņaṁ, Jaittā Suhamehae.
13.
Appå Ceva Dameyavvo, Appä Hu Khalu Duddamo. Appă Danto Suhi Hoi, Assiṁ Loe Parattha Ya.
14.
Añathovaṁ Vaņathovam, Aggithovaṁ Kasāyathova Ca. Na hu Bhe Visasiyavvar, Thovaṁ Pi Hu Taṁ Bahu Hoi.
15.
Koho Piim Paņāsei, Māņo Viņayanāsaņo. Māyā Mittăņi Nāsei, Loho Savvaviņāsaņo.
Prákyta Prose and Verse
14
Page #34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10. That night that passes does not return. The nights of the man committing vicious acts pass in vain.
11. One person may conquer thousands of the thousands in a battle difficult to be conquered and the (other person) may conquer one's own self, this (latter) is his paramount victory.
12. What is the use of one's battling with the external (persons)? Battle (with internal attachment and aversion) in one's own self. (The truth is that) having conquered one's own (attachment and aversion) in one's own self, one's happiness heightens.
13. Verily, the self is difficult to be restrained, (yet) the self alone should be restrained. (The reason is that) the self who has been restrained becomes happy in this world and in the next world.
14.
15.
The wound in a small quantity, the debt, fire and passion in a small qunatity should not be relied upon by you, since despite their being in small quantity (each one of them) is undoubtedly very much.
Anger dissolves affection; pride is subversive of modesty; hypocrisy throws out friends and greed is destructive of everything.
Präkrta Prose and Verse
15
Page #35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Uvasamena Haṇe Koham, Māṇaṁ Maddavayā Jine. Māyam Casjjavabhāveṇa, Lobham Santosao Jine.
16
Jaha Kumme Saangai, Sae Dehe Samahare. Evam Pāvāim Mehāvi, Ajjhappeṇa Samāhare.
Se Jāņamajāṇaṁ Vā, Kaṭṭum Āhammiam Payam. Samvare Khippamappāṇam, Biyam Tam Na Samāyare.
Je Mamaiya - Matim Jahāti, Se Jahāti Mamāiyaṁ. Se Hu Ditthapahe Muņi, Jassa Natthi Mamãiyaṁ.
Savvaganthavimukko, Siībhūo Pasantacitto A. Jam Pāvai Muttisuham, Na Cakkavaṭṭi Vi Tam Lahai.
21. Savve Jīvā Vi Icchanti, Jivium Na Marijjium. Tamhā Pāṇavaham Ghoram, Niggantha Vajjayanti Nam.
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16.
One should subvert anger by calmness. One should subdue pride by modesty, overcome hypocrisy by simplicity and greed by contentment.
17.
Just as the tortoise draws its own limbs in its own body, so also the wise man does away with the vices by means of spirituality.
18.
Having committed wrong action consciously or unconsciously the person should immediately restrain his own self (and then) he should not commit it the second time.
19. He who renounces inclination towards an attached
thing renounces the attached thing. (He) for whom there does not exist any attached thing, he alone is the knower (by whom) spiritual path has been comprehended.
20.
The person destitute of all possessions is tranquil and is of joyful mind and who obtains final beatitude. Even the emperor does not attain that final beatitude.
21.
All the Jivas (beings) without exception desire to live and not to die. Self-restraining persons, therefore, certainly give up the distressful taking away of Prāņas (vital forces).
17
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
22. Jaha Te Na Piaṁ Dukkham, Jāņia Emeva
Savvajīvānam. Savvāyaramuvautto, Attovammeņa Kuņasu Dayaṁ.
23.
Jivavaho Appavaho, Jīvadayā Appaņo Day, Hoi. Tă Savvajivahiṁsā, Paricatta Attakāmehim.
24.
Tungam Na Mandarão, Agåsão Visālayam Natthi. Jaha Taha Jayammi Jāņasu, Dhammamahiṁsāsamar Natthi.
25.
Sitanti Suvantāṇaḥ, Atthā Purisāņa Logasăratthā. Tamhā Jāgaramāņā, Vidhunadha Porāņayam Kammam.
26.
Jāgaraha Narā ! Niccaṁ, Jāgaramāṇassa Vaddhate Buddhi. Jo Suvati Na So Dhanno, Jo Jaggati So Saya Dhanno.
18
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Just as pain is not dear to you so also having known in this way for all other Jivas (beings), you should give affection to all the Jivas (beings) adequately. And by reason of the equality with yourself, you should give sympathy to all of them.
Killing a Jive (being) is killing one's own self; compassion for the Jiva (being) is compassion for one's own self. By reason of this, injury to all the Jivas (beings) has been abandoned by those desirous of selfrealization.
Just as in the world there is nothing higher than the Meru mountain and nothing more extended than the sky, so also (in the world) there is no virtue (excellent and universal) corresponding to Ahimsa (nonviolence) know this.
The supra-worldly purposes and the best purposes in the world in regard to the sleeping men perish, so waking, all of you should annihilate the old Karmas (psycho-physical impurities).
O men! always wake up (beware). The intellect of the waking (bewaring) sharpens. He who sleeps (ignores spiritual values) does not become happy, (but) he who always wakes up (adheres to spiritual values) becomes happy.
Prákrta Prose and Verse
19
Page #39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
27. Hayaṁ Nāṇaṁ Kiyāhīņaṁ, Hayā Aṇṇāṇao Kiyā. Påsanto Pangulo Daḍdho, Dhāvamāṇo Ya Andhao.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Jarā Jāva Na Pīlei, Vähi Jāva Na Vadḍhai. Jāvindiyā Na Hayanti, Tāva Dhammaṁ Samāyare.
Ähārosaha Satthābhaya Bheo Jam Cauvvihaṁ Dāņaṁ.
Tam Vuccai Dayavvam, Niddiṭṭhamuvāsayajjhayaṇe.
Jayaṇā U Dhammajaṇani, Jayaṇā Dhammassa Pālaņi Ceva.
Tavvuddhikari Jayaṇā, Egantasuhāvahā Jayaṇā.
Jayam Care Jayam Citthe, Jayamãse Jayam Sae. Jayam Bhuñjanto Bhāsanto, Pāvam Kammam Na Bandhai.
20
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
27.
Knowledge destitute of action is of no consequence; action done from ignorance is also of no consequence. (It is a well known fact that) the lame man, even though all the time seeing the fire, burned and the blind man, even though running, also burned.
28.
As long as old age does not afflict, as long as disease does not grow and as long as the senses do not decline, then one should pursue the spiritual path.
29.
The gift is of four kinds. The division of which lies in food, medicine, books (Scriptures) and fearlessness. That (gift) should be offered. It is said. This has been so described in the Upasakādhyayan (book of the householder).
30.
Surely, awareness is the mother of spirituality; surely, awareness is the fosterer of spirituality; awareness is its enhancer and awareness is the begetter of unconditional happiness.
31.
One should move with awareness, stand with awareness, sit with awareness and sleep with awareness. (One doing all this and) talking and eating with awareness, does not bind vicious Karma.
21
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
32.
Na Kasáyasamutthehi Ya, Vahijjai Māṇasehim Dukkhehiṁ. İsā - Visāya - Sogā - iehiṁ, Jhánovagayacitto.
33.
Jeņa Viņā Logassa Vi, Vavahāro Savvahā Na Nivvahai. Tassa Bhuvanekkaguruno, Namo Anegantavāyassa.
34.
Sayaṁ Sayam Pasaṁsantā, Garahanta Paraṁ Vayam. Je U Tattha Viussanti Saṁsāram Te Viussiyā.
35.
Ņāņājīvā Nāņākammaṁ, Nāņāviham Have Laddhi. Tamhā Vayanavivādam, Sagaparasamaehiṁ Vajjijjā.
22
Práksta Prose and Verse
Page #42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
32.
33.
34.
35.
The person by whom meditation has been practiced is not carried away by the mental suffering originated form passions of jealousy, dejection, grief etc.
Salutation to the Anekāntavāda. That is the singular teacher of mankind, without which even the transaction of the world does not go on.
Extolling one's own utterances and disparaging those of others, they who behave like a pedantic person on that occasion remain dependent on the world.
Diverse are the Jivas; varied is (their) Karma; and divergent is (their) capability; therefore, avoid verbal disputation with the votary of one's own (and) with the other's faith.
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
23
Page #43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 3
Uttaradhyayana
1.
Pabhūyarayaņo Rāyā Seņio Magahāhivo. Vihārajattaṁ Nijjão Mandikucchińsi Ceie.
2.
Tattha So Pāsai Sāhur Sañjayaṁ Susamähiyaṁ. Nisannaṁ Rukkhamūlammi Sukumālam Suhoiyaṁ.
3.
Tassa Pāe U Vandittā Kāūņa Ya Payāhiņań. Nāidūraṁ Nāsanne Pañjali Padipucchai.
4.
Taruņo Si Ajjo ! Pavvaio Bhogakālammi Sañjayā. Uvasthio Si Sāmaņņe Eyamasthaṁ Suņemu Tā.
5.
Aņāho Mi Mahārāyaṁ ! Nāho Majjha Na Vijjai. Aņukaṁpagar Suhim Vā Vi kañci Nābhisamemashaṁ.
24
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Lesson - 3
Uttaradhyayana
The king, Srenika, ruler of Magadha (who was the) possessor of abundant wealth came out for a plesaure trip in Mandikuksi Garden.
There he (the king) saw a saint, self-controlled, handsome, completely immersed in meditation, seated under the tree and suited for worldly pleasures.
Having saluted his feet and having circumbulated him, he stayed neither at a distance, nor very near and formed folded hands and asked.
Oh Arya! You are young. Oh self-controlled! (you) have become saint at the time of sensual enjoyment, you are stable in sainthood. So, I should listen to its purpose.
Oh great king! I am without refuge. No body is my protector. I do not know any person and also any friend bestowing compassion (on me).
Jain Education Interfational Pråkrta Prose and Verse
25
Page #45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6.
Tao So Pahasio Raya Seņio Magahāhivo. Evaṁ Te lddhimantassa Kahaṁ Nāho Na Vijjai.
7.
Homi Nāho Bhayantānam Bhoge Bhuñjāhi Sañjayā. Mitta - Nāīparivudo Māņussaṁ Khu Sudullaham.
8.
Appaņā Vi Aņāho Si Seniyā ! Magahāhivă. Appaņå Aņāho Santo Kassa Näho Bhavissasi ?.
9.
Evaṁ Vutto Narindo So Susambhanto Suvimhio. Vayanam Asuyapuvvam Sāhuņā Vimhayannito.
10. Assā Hatthi Manussā Me Puram Anteuraṁ Ca Me.
Bhuñjāmi Māņuse Bhoe Āņā Issariyaṁ Ca Me.
11.
Erise Sampayaggammi Savvakāmasamappie. Kahaṁ Aņāho Bhavai Mā Hu Bhante ! Musam Vae.
26
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Then, he, the ruler of Magadha, king Srenika laughed (and said) how is there no protector for a prosperous man like you?
For the venerable persons (like you) I become the protector. Oh self-controlled! surrounded by friends and relatives, you enjoy sensual pleasures. In fact, human birth is very difficult (to attain).
Oh ruler of Magadha! Oh Srenika! even you yourself are without refuge. Becoming yourself without refuge, whose protector you will become?
When this was said by the saint, in this way then, (having heard) such words as were not heard before, that king (who was) endowed with surprise became very wonderstruck and too confused.
Elephants, horses and men are in my (possession), cities and palaces are in my (kingdom), I enjoy sensual pleasures related to human beings, my sovereignty and command are in vogue.
In such abundance of prosperity - where all the desired objects have been dedicated to someone, how will that one be without refuge? Oh venerable! so do not tell a lie in your statements.
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
27
Page #47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
12.
13. Suneha Me Mahārāyaṁ ! Avvakkhitteņa Ceyasā. Jahā Aṇāho Bhavati Jahā Me Ya Pavattiyam.
14.
15.
16.
Na Tumaṁ Jāne Aṇāhassa Attham Pottham Na
Patthivă ! .
Jahā Aṇāho Bhavai Saṇāho Va Narāhiva!.
17.
Kosambi Nama Nayari Purāṇapurabheyani. Tattha Asi Piya Majjhaṁ Pabhūyadhaṇasañcao.
Padhame Vae Mahārāyam! Atulă Me Acchiveyaṇā. Ahottha Viulo Daho Savvagattesu Patthivă.
Uvatthiya Me Ayariyā Vijjā - Mantacigicchagā. Abiyā Satthakusalā Manta - Mūlavisārayā.
Te Me Tigiccham Kuvvanti Cauppāyaṁ Jahāhiyaṁ. Na Ya Dukkha Vimoyanti Esă Majjha Aṇāhayā.
28
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
12.
Oh king! I understand that you do not know the meaning and the root of the word 'without refuge”. How without refuge or with refuge happens. So Oh king! I shall tell you the meaning of this accordingly.
13.
Oh great king! listen to this with concentrated mind. Just as 'without refuge' happens that has been expounded by me.
14.
The city named Kośāmbi different from old cities, existed. There was my father. (In his possession) there was accumulation of abundant wealth.
15. Oh emperor! once in adolescent age there was
unlimited pain in my eyes. Oh king! in all (the parts of) my body there occurred great burning.
16.
Unequalled doctors who treat through incantation and supernatural field of knowledge who are competent in medical literature, proficient in the basis of incantations, arrived for my treatment.
17.
They carried out my four types of useful treatment. But they did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
Prāksta Prose and Verse
29
Page #49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
18. Piyā Me Savvasāraṁ Pi Dejjāhi Mama Kāraṇā.
Na Ya Dukkha Vimoyanti Esā Majjha Aņāhayā.
19. Māyā Vi me Mahārāya ! Puttasogaduhastțiyā.
Na Ya Dukkhā Vimoyanti Esă Majjha Aņāhayā.
20.
Bhāyaro Me Mahārāya ! Saga Jettha - Kaņitthagă. Na Ya Dukkhā Vimoyanti Esā Majjha Aņāhayā.
21.
Bhaiņio Me Mahårāya! Sagă Jettha - Kanitthagă Na Ya Dukkhā Vimoyanti Esā Majjha Aņāhayā.
22.
Bhāriyā Me Mahārāya! Anuratta Aņuvvaya. Assupuņņehim Nayaņehim Uraṁ Me Parisiñcai.
23.
Annaṁ Pāņaṁ Ca Nhāņaṁ Ca Gandha-mallavilevaņaṁ. Mae Nayamanayam Vā Sā Bālā Novabhuñjai.
24. Khanaṁ Pi Me Mahārāya! Pāsão Vi Na Phițțai.
Na Ya Dukkhā Vimoei Esā Majjha Aņāhayā.
30
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
18.
For my purpose, my father also gave all types of wealth (to the medical practitioners), yet (he) did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
19. Oh emperor! my mother also was oppressed by the
distress of son's suffering. But (my mother) did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
20. Oh emperor! there are my own younger and elder
brothers, but they did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
21.
Oh emperor! there are my own younger and elder sisters but they did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
22.
Oh emperor! my wife who is satisfied with me and is faithful and devoted wetted my chest with eyes filled with tears.
23. It has been known or not known by me, yet she (my
wife) who was young, never made use of food and drink, bathing, aromatic things, flowers and fragrant embrocation.
24.
Oh emperor! my wife did not go even from my side even for a moment, (yet) she did not make me free from pain. This is my unprotectiveness.
Praksta Prose and Verse
31
Page #51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
25. Tao Ham Evamāhaṁsu Dukkhamă Hu Puņo Puņo.
Veyaņā Anubhavius Je Saṁsārammi Anantae.
26.
Saim Ca Jai Muccijjā Veyaņā Viulă lo. Khanto Danto Nirārambho Pavvae Anagāriyaṁ.
27.
Evaṁ Ca Cintaittāṇam Păsutto Mi Narāhivā!. Pariyattantie Rāie Veyaņā Me Khayaṁ Gayā.
28.
Tao Kalle Pabhāyammi Apucchittäņa Bandhave. Khanto Danto Nirārambho Pavvaio Anagāriyaṁ.
29.
To Haṁ Nāho Jão Appaņo Ya Parassa Ya. Savvesim Ceva Bhūyānam Tasăņam Thāvarāņa Ya.
32
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #52
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
25.
Having experienced intorable affliction again and again undoubtedly in this infinite world, then I told in my mind in the follwoing way.
26.
If I am released from this formidable affliction immediately, I will go into religious ceremony relating to a saint. By virtue of which I shall become forgiving, conqueror of senses, and devoid of violence.
27.
Oh king! having thought precisely in this way, I slept. (Surprisingly) in the diminishing night, my pain went towards decline.
28.
Then, in the morning I was in good health. Having taken the permission of my relatives, I moved into the state of saintship. By virtue of which I became forgiving, conqueror of senses and devoid of violence.
29.
The consequence is that I have become the protector of myself and of others and also of all beings, mobile and immobile.
Praksta Prose and Verse
a Prakerta Prose and Verse
33
Page #53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 4
Vajjalagga
1.
Dukkhaṁ Kirai Kavvas Kavvammi Kae Pauñjana Dukkham. Sante Pauñjamāņe Soyārā Dullahā Hunti.
2.
Găhă Ruai Anähă Sise Kāūņa Do Vi Hatthão. Sukaihi Dukkharaiyā Suheņa Mukkho Viņāsei.
Gāhāhi Ko Na Hirai Piyāņa Mittāna Ko Na Sambharai. Dūmijjai Ko Na Vi Dūmieņa Suyaņeņa Rayaņeņa.
4.
Pāiyakavvammi Raso Jo Jayai Taha Ya Cheyabhaņiehiń. Uyayassa Ya Vāsiya-siyalassa Tittim Na Vaccāmo.
5.
Päiyakavvassa Namo Pāiyakavvaṁ Ca Nimmiyaṁ
Jeņa. Tāham Ciya Panamāmo Padhiūņa Ya Je Vi Jāņanti.
34
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Lesson 4
O
Vajjālagga
Poetry is composed with great difficulty. On composing poetry its recitation is made with difficulty. If reciting persons are present, listeners are difficult to find.
Having kept both the hands on head, the orphan verse which has been composed with difficulty by good poets, weeps when the ignorant (reader) carelessly spoils (the reading of verse).
Who is not pleased with Prākṛta verses? Who does not remember dear friends? And who is not afflicted by the honoured beneficent person having been oppressed.
The flavor which grows from Prākṛta poetry (does not take us to dispiritedness). Just as through the words spoken by the wise man and by means of fragrant cold water we do not resort to dispiritedness.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Salutation to Prākṛta poetry and (to him also) by whom Prākṛta poetry has been composed, and we also salute those who having read (Prākṛta poetry) also understand (it).
35
Page #55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Suyano Suddhasahavo Mailijjanto Vi Dujjanajaņena. Chārena Dappano Viya Ahiyayaram Nimmalo Hoi.
Suyano Na Kuppai Cciya Aha Kuppai Mangulaṁ Na Cintei. Aha Cintei Na Jampai Aha Jampai Lajjiro Hoi.
8.
Dittha Haranti Dukkham Jaṁpantā Denti Sayalasokkhāiń Eyam Vihiņā Sukayam Suyaņā Jaṁ Nimmiyā Bhuvane.
9.
Na Hasanti Param Na Thuvanti Appayaṁ Piyasayāi Jampanti. Eso Suyanasahávo Namo Namo Tāņa Purisānań.
10.
Akae Vi Kae Vi Pie Piyam Kuņantā Jayammi Disanti. Kayavippie Vi Hu Piyaṁ Kunanti Te Dullaha Suyaņā.
36
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #56
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Even being tarnished by the wicked person, the goodnatured virtuous man becomes more pure, just as being tarnished by the ashes, the mirror (becomes more clean).
The virtuous man does not anger, if he angers, he does not think evil; if he thinks evil, he does not speak evil, if he speaks evil, he becomes embarrassed.
Association with the virtuous men takes away our suffering, speaking, they bestow on us all pleasures. This auspicious thing has been done by the providence that virtuous men have been created by him in the world.
The virtuous persons do not laugh at others, they do not extol themselves, they speak hundreds of lovable things, this is the nature of virtuous persons. Salutations to those persons (again and again).
On having been done good by others, and on even having not been done good by others, persons doing good to others are seen in the world. But even on having been done evil by others, those virtuous persons who do good to others, are rare.
Präkṛta Prose and Verse
37
Page #57
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
11.
Pharusaṁ Na Bhaņasi Bhaņio Vi Hasasi Hasiūņa Jampasi Piyāim. Sajjana Tujjha Sahāvo Na Yānimo Kassa Säriccho.
12.
Necchasi Parāvayāraṁ Parovayāram Ca Niccamāvahasi. Avarāhehi Na Kuppasi Suyana Namo Tuha Sahāvassa.
13. Dohim Ciya Pajjattaṁ Bahuehi Vi Kim Guņehi
Suyanassa. Vijjupphuriyam Roso Mitti Pāhāņareha Vva.
14.
Dinaṁ Abbhuddharium Patte Saraṇāgae Piyam Kāum. Avaraddhesu Vi Khamium Suyano Cciya Navari Jāņei.
15.
Be Purisă Dharai Dharā Ahavă Dohim Pi Dhariya Dharani. Uvayāre Jassa Mai Uvayariyaṁ Jo Na Pamhusai.
38
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #58
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
11.
Oh virtuous man! you do not speak harsh, if harsh words have been spoken by the other, even then you laugh. Having laughed you speak loving words. Your nature is similar to whom, we do not know.
12.
Oh virtuous man! you do not desire the ill of others and you always do good to others; you are not angry with anybody on account of offences (done against you). (Therefore), salutation to your nature.
13.
What is the use of even many qualities of the virtuous man? Satisfaction occurs only by his two qualities: unstable anger like lightening and friendship like the line on stone.
14.
To elevate the poor, to do good on getting a person having come for shelter and to forgive even offences done against himself - only the virtuous man knows (all these).
15.
The earth holds two persons or (if it is said) the earth has been held only by two persons. (First) whose mind is in beneficence (and) (secondly) who does not forget the conferred beneficence.
Jain Prakrta Prose and Verse
39
Page #59
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16.
Selā Calanti Palae Majjāyaṁ Sāyarā Vi Mellanti. Suyaņā Tahim Pi Kāle Padivannam Neya Sidhilanti.
17.
Candanataru Vva Suyaņā Phalarahiyā Jai Vi Nimmiya Vihiņā. Taha Vi Kunanti Parattham Niyayasarirena Loyassa.
18.
Guņiņo Gunehi Vihavehi Vihaviņo Hontu Gavviyā Nāma. Dosehi Navari Gavvo Khalāņa Maggo Cciya Auvvo.
19.
Santam Na Denti Vārenti Dentayam Dinnayam Pi Hāranti. Aņimittavairiyāņaṁ Khalāņa Maggo Cciya Auvvo.
20.
Jehim Ciya Ubbhaviyā Jāņa Pasāeņa Niggayapayāvā. Samarā Dahanti Viñjhaṁ Khalāņa Maggo Cciya Auvvo.
40
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
16.
Mountains perish in the dissolution of the world and oceans transgress the boundary but even on that occasion, the virtuous men never slacken the given word.
17.
Though the virtuous men have been created fruitless by the providence like a sandal tree, yet (they) do good to people by their own body.
18.
It is possible that the virtuous may become haughty by reason of (their) virtues, the affluent may become haughty by virtue of (their) affluence, only (the wicked) become haughty because of (their) own vices. Really the way of the wicked is strange.
19.
The wicked do not give the thing existing with their own self, obstruct the givers, even snatch away the given thing. (They are the) effectors of hostility without any reason. Really the way of the wicked is strange.
20.
By which (by the Vindhya mountain) even the nonAryans have been elevated, by whose grace their influence has been spread out, they set on fire the Vindhya mountain. Really the way of the wicked is strange.
41
Prákyta Prose and Verse
Page #61
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
21. Sarasā Vi Dumā Dāvāṇalena Dajjhanti
Sukkhasaṁvaliyā. Dujjaṇasange Patte Suyaņo Vi Suham Na Pāvei.
22.
Dhanna Bahirandhaliyā Do Cciya Jivanti Māņuse Loe. Na Sunanti Pisuņavayaņaṁ Khalassa Riddhi Na Pecchanti.
23. Ekkam Ciya Salahijjai Diņesadiyahảņa Navari
Nivvahanam. Ājamma Ekkamekkehi Jehi Viraho Cciya Na Dittho.
24.
Padivannaṁ Diņayaravasarāņa Donham Akhandiyaṁ Suhai. Süro Na Diñena Viņā Dino Vi Na Hu Sūravirahammi.
25. Tam Mittaṁ Kāyavvaṁ Jam Kira Vasanammi
Desakālammi. Alihiyabhittibāullayaṁ Va Na Parammuhaṁ Thái.
42
Prákyta Prose and Verse
Page #62
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
21.
(Just as) even fresh trees mixed with dry grass are burned by the forest fire, (similarly) on going in the company of the wicked the virtuous man too does not get happiness.
22. Only the two persons namely deaf and blind, are
fortunate and (really) live in the human world. (Because) they do not listen to the words of the wicked and do not see the prosperity of the wicked.
23.
Only the continued co-existence of the sun and the daytime is really extolled. Out of which no separation has been witnessed even by anyone (of them) throughout life.
24.
Unbroken friendship which has been done by both the sun and the day-time shines. The sun is not without day-time (and) the day-time too does not undoubtedly exist in separation from the sun.
25. He who at any time or at any place in misfortune does
not remain indifferent like the painted puppet on the wall, should be made a friend.
43
Prākta Prose and Verse
Page #63
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 5
Bhagavati Aradhana
Dujjaṇasaṁsaggie Pajahadi Niyagaṁ Guņaṁ Khu Sujano Vi. Siyalabhāvaṁ Udayaṁ Jaha Pajahadi Aggijoeņa.
2.
Nāņujjovo Jovo Nāņujjovassa Natthi Padighādo. Divei Khettamappaṁ Sūro Nāņaṁ Jagamasesaṁ.
3.
Vijjā Vi Bhattivantassa Siddhimuvayādi Hodi Saphalā Ya. Kiha Puņa Ņivvudibījaṁ Sijjhahidi Abhattimantassa.
4.
Ņāņujjoeņa Viņā Jo Icchadi Mokkhamaggamuvagantum. Gantuṁ Kaļillamicchadi Andhalao Andhayārammi.
5.
Jāvaiyāim Dukkhāis Honti Loyammi Cadugadigadāim. Savvāni Tāni Himsăphalāņi Jivassa Jāņāhi.
6.
Jalacandaņasasimuttacandamani Taha Narassa Nivvānaṁ. Na Karanti Kuņai Jaha Atthajjuyam Hidamadhuramidavayaņas.
44
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 5 Bhagavati Aradhana
1.
In the company of the wicked, even the virtuous man renounces for certain his own virtue, just as, with the contact of fire, water relinquishes its cold nature.
The light of knowledge (is) (the real) light. There is no vanishment of the light of knowledge. The sun illumines a small area, but knowledge (illumines) the total universe.
3.
The learning of a devotee certainly reaches its fullness and (it) is fruitful. Then, for the undevout how will the seed of emancipation fructify?
He who desires to move on the path of emancipation without the light of knowledge is (like) the blind person who desires to go to the forest in darkness.
5.
As many sufferings have pervaded in the four grades of existence (so many) are there in the world. Know those sufferings as the result of violence (Hiṁsā) to beings.
Water, sandal, moon, pearl, and even moon-stone do not produce such satisfaction to a person as the words (which are) beneficent, sweet, limited and endowed with meaning bring about.
45
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7.
Evas Jam JamPassadi Davvaṁ Ahilasadi Pāvidum Tam Tań. Savvajagena Vi Jivo Lobhāițțho Na Tippedi.
Jaha Māruo Pavaddhai Khaņeņa Vittharai Abbhayam Ca Jahā. Jivassa Tahā Lobho Mando Vi Khaņeņa Vittharai.
9.
Lobhe Ya VaŅdhide Puņa Kajjākajjaṁ Ņaro Na Cintedi. To Appaņo Vi Maranaṁ Agaṇinto Sähasaṁ Kunadi.
10.
Ganthaccão Indiyaņivāraṇe Ankuso Va Hatthissa. Nayarassa Khāiya Vi Ya Indiyagutti Asangattaṁ.
11.
Na Gune Pecchadi Avavadadi Gune Jampadi Ajampidavvaṁ Ca. Rosena Ruddahidao Nāragasilo Naro Hodi.
12.
Māņi Visso Savvassa Hodi Kalahabhayaveradukkhāņi. Pāvadi Māņi Niyadań Ihaparaloe Ya Avamăņań.
46
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Thus (when) a man sees anyone thing he desires to possess that. A man dependent on greed, does not feel satisfied even with the whole world.
Just as the air increases instantly and just as the cloud spreads, similarly even the mild greed of a human being increases instantly.
And again in increased greed a man does not think of duty and non-duty and then without considering even his own death (He) commits any formidable crime.
Just as there is an iron hook for (controlling) the elephant and there is the moat for (the protection of) the city, so also the renunciation of possession is useful in restraining the senses and the restraint of senses is (no doubt) non-attachment.
(An angry man) does not see the virtues of others. (He) disparages the virtues of others and he talks (that which is) not fit to be talked. Because of anger the man of raging nature is infernal.
12. An egoistic person is poision (filled with ill-will) for all. He meets with strife, fear, enmity and sufferings. (Again) an egoistice person certinly meets with dishonour in this world and in the next world.
Präkṛta Prose and Verse
47
Page #67
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
13.
Sayaņassa Janassa Pio Naro Amāņi Sadā Havadi Loe. Nāņaṁ Jasa Ca Atthaṁ Labhadi Sakajjaṁ Ca Sāhedi.
14.
Vijjūva Cañcalāim Diţthapaņatthāim Savvasokkhāim. Jalabubbudovva Adhuvāņi Hunti Savvāņi Thāņāņi.
15.
Rattis Egammi Dume Sauņāņaṁ Pindanaṁ Va Sañjogo. Parivesova Aņicco Issariyāņādhāņāroggań.
16.
Indiyasāmaggi Vi Anicca Sanjhāva Hoi Jivāņań. Majjhanhaṁ Va Narānaṁ Jovvanamanavatthidam Loe.
17.
Cando Hiņo Va Puņo Vaddhadi Edi Ya Udū Adido Vi. Nadu Jovvanaṁ Niyattai Nadijalagadachiddam Ceva.
18. Himaņicao Vi Va Gihasayaņāsaņabhaņdāņi Honti
Adhuvāņi. Jasakitti Vi Aniccā Loe Sañjjhabbharāgovva.
48
Pråksta Prose and Verse
Page #68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
13.
The person without ego is always loving among relatives and non-relatives in the world. He obtains knowledge, honour and wealth and accomplishes his own task.
14.
All the (worldly) pleasures which are unsteady like the lightening have been apprehended as vanished. All the places are impermanent like the bubble of water.
15.
Property, order, foodstuff and health are a coincidence Property ord like the group of birds at night on any one tree. They are transient like the ring of light around the sun or the moon.
16.
In the world even the sensuous possession of persons is transient like the evenings and youth of men is unsteady like midday.
17.
The moon diminishes and again increases, and passed away season comes again. But youth does not return like a small fish gone into the flow of water of a river.
18.
In the world houses, beds, seats and utensils also are transient like the collection of ice-pieces. Even honour and fame are transient like the redness of the sky in the evening.
Praksta Prose and Verse
49
Page #69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19. Jhāṇaṁ Kasayarogesu Hodi Vejjo Tigichade Kusalo. Rogesu Jaha Vejjo Purisassa Tigichao Kusalo.
20. Jhāṇam Visayachuhãe Ya Hoi Anṇam Jahā Chuhãe Vā. Jhāṇam Visayatisãe Udayaṁ Udayam Va Tanhãe.
50
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #70
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.
Just as in the diseases of a person a doctor is an expert therapist similarly in the diseases of passions meditation becomes an expert doctor who does therapy.
20.
Just as in hunger there is foodstuff, similarly in the hunger of sensuality there is meditation. Just as there is water in thirst, so also in the thirst of sensuality there is meditation.
Praksta Prose and Verse
51
Page #71
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Amangaliyapurisassa Kahȧ
Lesson - 6
1. Egammi Nayare Ego Amangalio Muddho Puriso Asi. So Eriso Atthi, Jo Ko Vi Pabhāyammi Tassa Muhaṁ Päsei, So Bhoyanam Pi Na Lahejjā. Paură Vi Paccuse Kayā Vi Tassa Muham Na Pikkhanti. Naravaiņā Vi Amangaliyapurisassa Vaṭṭā Sunia. Parikkhattham Narindeņa Egaya Pabhāyakāle So Ahuo, Tassa Muham Dittham. Jayā Rāyā Bhoyaṇatthamuvavisai, Kavalaṁ Ca Muhe Pakkhivai, Tayǎ Ahilammi Nayare Akamha Paracakkabhaeṇa Halabolo Jão. Taya Naravai Vi Bhoyaṇam Cicca Sahasa Utthaya Saseņņo Nayarão Bahim Niggao.
2. Bhayakāraṇamadaṭṭhūna Puno Paccha Agao. Samāņo Narindo Cintei 'Assa Amangaliyassa Sarūvaṁ Mae Paccakkham Dittham, Tao Eso Hantavvo' Evaṁ Cintiūṇa Amangaliyam Bollaviūṇa Vahattham Canḍālassa Appei. Jayā Eso Ruyanto, Sakammaṁ Nindanto Candalena Saha Gacchanto Atthi, Taya Ego Kāruṇio Buddhinihāṇo Vahāim Neijjantam Āṇam Tam Daṭṭhūņam Kāraṇam Nacca Tassa Rakkhaṇāya Kanne Kimpi Kahiūṇa Uvāyam Damsei.
52
-
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 6
The story of an inauspicious man
1. In a city there was an inauspicious foolish man. He was such that anybody who looks at his face in the morning did not get even food. The resident of city also never looked at his face in the morning. The remark concerning the inauspicious man was also heard by the king. Once he was called by the king in the morning for testing, his face was seen (by the king). When the king sat for taking food and put the morsel of food in his mouth, all of a sudden there occurred a noise in the whole city, on account of the fear of attack by the enemy. Then even the king, having left the food and having got up immediately, went outside the city with an army.
2. (He) came back again because of not having seen any danger. The egoistic king thought - the nature of this inauspicious man has (now) been directly witnessed by me, so he should be killed. Having thought in this way and having been called the king handed the inauspicious man over to an outcaste for killing. Weeping and criticizing his own action when he was going with the outcaste, then having understood its reason, one kind and an intelligent person, having seen him being carried to kill by order and having spoken something in the ear, showed (him) method for his protection.
Praksta Prose and Verse
53
Page #73
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Harisanto Jaya Vahatthambhe Thavio, Tayā Candālo Tam Pucchai- 'Jivanaṁ Viņå Tava Kavi Iccha Siyā, Taya Maggiyavvaṁ'. So Kahei - ‘Majjha Narindamuhadamsaņecchà Atthi' Taya So Narindasamīvamāņio. Narindo Tań Pucchai - Kimettha Āgamanapaoyanaṁ?'
3. So Kahei - " He Narinda, Paccūse Mama Muhassa Daṁsaņeņa Bhoyanaṁ Na Labbhai Parantu Tumhāņań Muhapekkhaņeņa Mama Vaho Bhavissai, Tayā Paura Kim Kahissanti ? Mama Muhão Sirimantānam Muhadamsanań Kerisaphalayam Sañjāaṁ, Nāyarā Vi Pabhãe Tumhānam Muhar Kaham Păsihire." Evam Tassa Vayaņajuttie Santuttho Narindo Vahãesaṁ Nisehiūņaṁ Päritosiam Ca Dacca Tań Amangaliyaṁ Santosia.
54
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rejoicing, (he went on) when he was made to stand on the pillar of killing then the outcaste asked him : If you have any desire except the protection of life, it should be demanded. He said, my desire is to see the face of the king. Then he was brought near the king. The king asked him what is the purpose of your coming here?
3. He said - Oh King! by seeing my face in the morning food was not obtained by you, but by seeing your face, there shall be my killing. What will the residents of the city express? Seeing the face of an illustrous person what (horrible) consequence has been produced when compared with seeing my face? (If this is the case) how even the residents of the city will look at your face in the morning? In this way the king was satisfied by the argument of his expression. Having nullified the order for his killing and having awarded him, (the king rejoiced). (By this) that inauspicious man was also satisfied.
Prakrta Prose and Verse
55
Page #75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 7
Viusie Puttabahue Kahānagam
1. Kammi Nayare Lacchidāso Seţthi Varivațțai. So Bahudhanasampattie Gavvittho Āsi. Bhogavilāsesu Eva Laggo Kayāvi Dhammam Na Kunei. Tassa Putto Vi Eyāriso Atthi. Jovvane Piuņā Dhammiassa Dhammadāsassa Jahatthanāmāe Silavaie Kannāe Saha Pāniggahanam Puttassa Kārāviyaṁ. Sa Kanna Jayā Atthavāså Jāyā, Tayā Tie Piuperaņãe Sähunisagāsão Savvannadhammasavaņeņa Sammattań Anuvvayāiṁ Ya Gahiyāim, Savvannadhamme Aiva Niuņā Sañjāā.
2. Jaya Sa Sasuragehe Agayā Taya Sasurăim Dhammão Vimuham Dasthūņa Tie Bahuduhaṁ Sañjāyaṁ. Kaham Mama Niyavayassa Nivväho Hojjā? Kaham Vă Devaguruvimuhāņań Sasurāīņam Dhammovaeso Bhavejjā, Evam Sā Viyārei.
3. Egayā "Saṁsāro Asāro, Lacchi Vi Asără, Dehovi Viņassaro, Ego Dhammo Cciya Paralogapavannāņam Jivāņamāhāru' Tti Upaesadāņeņa Niyabhattā Savvannadhammeņa Vāsio Kao.
56
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Story of a Learned Daughter-in-law
Lesson - 7
1. In a certain city, affluent Laxmidasa lived well. Because of much wealth and prosperity, he was very much haughty. He was also attached to sensual pleasures and never performed religious activities. His son was like him. In youth the son was caused to marry by the father with the virtuous daughter of religious Dharmadasa having the quality expressed by his name. When the daughter was eight years old, then on account of listening to the religion of the omniscient and with the inspiration of her father, right faith and Anuvratas (Partial vows) were adopted by her in the direction of a woman saint, so she became very expert in the religion of the omniscient.
2. When she came to the house of the father-in-law, then having seen the father-in-law etc. opposed to religion, much sorrow was felt by her. How the observation of my vows will take place Or how will there be teaching of religion for the father-in-law etc. opposed to Deva-Guru? In this way she ponders.
3. Singularly the world is insubstantial, the wealth is also insubstantial, the body is also perishable, only religion is for certain the support for souls resorting to the other world. In this way, owing to the impartment of instruction, her own husband was transformed to the religion of the omniscient.
Präkrta Prose and Verse
57
Page #77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Evaṁ Sāsūmavi Kālantare Bohei. Sasuraṁ Padibohius Sā Samayam Maggei.
4. Egayā Tie Ghare Samanagunagaņālankio Mahavvai Nāņi Jovvanattho Ego Sāhū Bhikkhattham Samāgao. Jovvane Vi Gahiyavayaṁ Santaṁ Dantaṁ Sāhuḥ Gharammi Āgayam Datthūņa Āhāre Vijjamāne Vi Tie Viyāriyam - 'Jovvane Mahavvayaṁ Mahădullaham, Kaham Eeņa Eyammi Jovvanattane Gahiyam?' Ti Parikkhattham Samassae Puttham- 'Ahuņā Samao Na Sañjão, Kim Puvvaṁ Niggayā?' Tie Hiyayagayabhavaṁ Nāūņa Sāhuņā Uttam“Samayanāņaṁ- Kayā Maccũ Hossai Tti Natthi Nāņam, Teņa Samayam Viņa Niggao.” Så Uttaram Nāūņa Tutthā. Muņiņā Vi Sa Puttha. 'Kai Varisă Tumha Sañjāyā?' Munissa Pucchăbhāvaṁ Nāūņa Visavāsesu Jāesu Vi Tie 'Bārasavāsa' Tti Uttaṁ. Punaravi' Te Sāmissa Kai Vāså Jāta' Tti? Putthaṁ. Tie Piyassa Paņavisavāsesu Jāesu Vi Pañcavāsā Uttā, Evam Sāsūe 'Chammāsā' Kahiyā. Sasurassa Pucchãe So ‘Ahuņā Na Uppaņņo Atthi' Ti Bhaņiā.
58
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #78
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
After some time she instructs her mother-in-law also in this way. (Now) she searches time for instructing the father-in-law.
4. Once in her house one saint (who was) wise, (was) fixed in youth and observer of great vows, adorned with Śramanika clusters of characteristics came for begging food. Having seen the peaceful and dispassionate saint arrived in the house who has adopted vows just in youth, it was thought by her even at the time of his presenting food (that) observance of great vows in youth is very difficult. In this youthfulness how the great vows have been observed by him? (The answer) to the problem was enquired in this way for testing: (the problem is) at present there has come up no time, why have you come out (of the world) before (time)? Having known the thought aroused in her mind, it was said by the saint, 'knowledge is time'. When will there be death nobody knows this. Therefore (I) have come out (of the world) without time. Having understood the reply, she was satisfied. She was also asked by the saint, - "How many years you have passed away." Having understood the meaning of the saint's question : It was told by her, 'twelve years' even on having passed away twenty years. Again, how many years your husband has passed? This was asked, It was told by her - Five years, even on having passed away twenty five years by the dearest. In this way, six month were told for the mother-in-law. On asking about the father-in-law, It was told (by her), “He is not yet born.”
Pråksta Prose and Verse
59
Page #79
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5. Evaṁ Vahủ - Sāhūņaṁ Vațțā Antațțhieņa Sasureņa Suá. Laddhabhikkhe Sāhummi Gaye So Aiva Kohāulo Sañjão, Jao Puttavahu Mam Uddissa ‘Na Jão' Tti Kahei. Ruttho So Puttassa Kahanatthaṁ Hattaṁ Gacchai. Gacchantam Sasuram Să Vaei- 'Bhottūņaṁ He Sasura. Tuṁ Gacchasu.'Sasuro Kahei - "Jai Ham Na Jão Mhi, Tayā Kaham Bhoyanaṁ CavvemiBhakkhemi' la Kahiūņa Hatte Gao. Puttassa Savvař Vuttantaṁ Kahei- ‘Tava Pattī Durāyārā Asabbhavayaņā Atthi, Ao Tam Gihão Nikkāsaya.'
6. So Piuņā Saha Gehe Agao. Vahuṁ Pucchai- Kim Māupiuņo Avamāņań Kayam? Sāhuņā Saha Vațțăe Kim Asaccamuttaraṁ Diņņam ? 'Tie Uttam- 'Tumhe Muniñ Pucchaha, So Savvaṁ Kahihii.' Sasuro Uvassae Gantūņa Sāvamāņaṁ Muņiṁ Pucchai- 'He Muņe, Ajja Mama Gehe Bhikkhattham Tumhe Kim Agayā?' Muņi Kahei - 'Tumhāņa Gharam Na Jāņāmi, Tumaṁ Kuttha Vasasi?' Sețțhi Viyārei ‘Muņi Asaccaṁ Kahei.' Punaravi Putthaṁ- ‘Kattha Vi Gehe Bālāe Saha Vattă Kaya Kim?' Muņi Kahei- 'Så Båla Aiva Kusalā, Tie Mama Vi Parikkha Kayā.” Tie Ham Vutto'Samayaṁ Viņā Kaham Niggao Si ?' Mae Uttaraṁ Dinnam“Samayassa-Maranasamayassa'-Nāņa Natthi,Teņa Puvvavayammi Niggao Mhi.” Mae Vi Parikkhatthaṁ Savvesim Sasurāīņam Väsāiṁ Pusthāim. Tie Sammaṁ Kahiyāim. Sesthi Pucchai - ' Sasuro Na Jão ia Tie Kim Kahiyam ?' Muņiņā Uttaṁ- 'Sa Ciya Pucchijjau, Jao Viusie Tie Jahattho Bhāvo Najjai.
60
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5. In this way the conversation between the saint and the daughter-in-law was heard by the father-in-law situated inside. When the saint went away after getting food, he got very much disturbed due to anger, because having alluded to me, son's wife says in this way "I am not yet born." He sulked and went to the shop for telling this to (his) son. While going (to the shop), she tells the father-in-law, "Oh father-in-law ! having taken meals, you go." The father-in-law says, "If I am not born then how will (I) chew and eat food." Having said in this way, he went to the shop. He conveys the total conversation to the son, your wife is wicked and a rude talker, so you turn her out of the house.
6. He came to the house with his father. (He) asks his wife, "why insult of the parents was done (by you)?” In conversation with the saint why improper replies were given? It was told by her, - "you (yourself) ask the saint," he will tell (you) everything. Having gone to the residing place of saints, the father-in-law asks the saint with disrespect, - "Oh Saint! why did you come today to my house for begging food?" The saint said - "(I) do not know your house, where do you live?" The affluent man thinks, the saint speaks the untruth. Again he was asked, did you enter into conversation with a young lady in some house? The saint said, "That young lady is very wise." I was also tested by her. I was asked by her, - "How have (you) come out of the world without (proper) time? The reply was given by me”, “their is no knowledge of time - time of death.” So I have come out of the world before (proper) age. For testing, the age of all, the father-in-law etc. was also asked by me. Proper replies were given by her. The affluent man asked,
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
61
Page #81
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7. Sasuro Gehaṁ Gaccă Puttavahuṁ Pucchai-' Tie Munissa Purao Kimevam Vuttaṁ- Me Sasuro Jão Vi Na.' Tie Uttam“He Sasura, Dhammahiņamanusassa Māņavabhavo Patto Vi Apatto Eva, Jao Saddhammakiccehim Sahalo Bhavo Na Kao So Maņusabhavo Nipphalo Ciya. Tao Tumha Jivanaṁ Pi Dhammahīņam Savvaṁ Gayaṁ. Tena Mae Kahiaṁ - Mama Sasurassa Uppatti Eva Na." Evaṁ Saccatthāne Tuttho Dhammābhimuho Jão. Punaravi Puttham- ' Tumae Sāsúe Chammāsa Kaham Kahia ? 'Tie Uttaṁ- Sāsuń Pucchaha.' Setthiņa Sa Putthā. Tāe Vi Kahiaṁ-“PuttavahūnaṁVayanam Saccaṁ,Jao Mama Savvaņņudhammapattie Chammāså Eva Jaya, Jao lo Chammāsão Puvvam Kattha Vi Maranapasange Aham Gayā. Tattha Thiņam Vivihaguņadosavattā Jāya.”
8. Egae Vuddhảe Uttaṁ- “ Nāriņa Majjhe Imie Puttavahū Setthā. Jovvanavae Vi Sāsūbhattipara Dhammakajjammi Sa Eva Apamattā, Gihakajjesu Vi Kusalā Nannā Erisā. Imie Sāsū Nibbhagā, Erisie Bhattivacchalāe Puttavahūe Vi Dhammakajje
62
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #82
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
"The father-in-law was not born, why this was told by her? It was told by the saint, “She too should be asked, because the real meaning is known by that learned lady.”
7. Having gone to the house, the father-in-law asks the daughter-in-law. In the presence of the saint, why did you say this? My father-in-law is not yet born.” It was told by her, “Oh father-in-law! having attained human birth of an irreligious man is just like not having attained it certainly, because the human birth has not been made fruitful by the observance of a true religion. So such human birth is unfruitful. By reason of that your whole life has passed away devoid of religion. So it was told by me, "My father-in-law is not yet born.” In this way by means of proper reason, he got satisfied and turned towards (proper) religion. Again, it was asked, - "How the (age of) mother-in-law was told six month by you." It was replied by her, "Ask the mother-in-law.” She was asked by the affluent man. It was also told by her, “The words of the daughter-inlaw are true, because in my accepting the religion of the omniscient six months have passed (the reason is) in this world before six month when I went to some place on the occasion of some death, at that place there occurred discussion regarding different virtues and vices of that women (the daughter-in-law).
8. It was said by one old woman, "Among women her daughter-in-law is the best.” At the age of youthfulness also she is turned towards her mother-in-law out of devotion, is careful in religious performances and is also expert in
Prakrta Prose and Verse
63
Page #83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Perijjamāṇāvi Dhammam Na Kunei, Imam Souņa Bahugunarañjiā Tie Muhão Dhammo Patto. Dhammapattie Chammāsā Jāyā, Tao Puttavahúe Chammāsā Kahia, Tań Juttam."
9. Putto ViPuttho, Tena Vi Uttaṁ-“Rattie Samayadhammovaesaparāe Bhajjāe Saṁsārāsāradaṁsaņeņa Bhogavilāsāņaṁ Ca Pariņāmaduhadāittaneņa Vāsāņaipūratulla-juvvaṇattaņeņa Ya Dehassa Khanabhangurattaņeņa Jayammi Dhammo Eva Sāru Tti Uvadittho Ham Savvaņņudhammārāhago Jão, Ajja Pañcavāsā Jāyā. Tao Vahữe Mam Uddissa Pañcavāsā Kahiā, Taṁ Saccaṁ." Evaṁ Kudumbassa Dhammapattie Vattāe Viusie Ya Puttavahữe Jahatthavayanam Souna Lacchidāso Vi Padibuddho Vuddhattane Vi Dhammaṁ Ārāhia Saggais Patto Saparivāro.
64
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #84
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
household affairs. Nobody else is like her. Her moter-in-law is unfortunate in spite of being inspired by such a devoted daughter-in-law in religious performances she (mother-inlaw) does not perform religious observances. Having heard this, (I) became happy with the virtues of the daughter-in-law. (So) religion was adopted (by me) through her mouth. (Only) six months have passed in the adoption of religion, so 'six months' were told by the daughter-in-law, that is proper."
9. The son was asked too. It was told by him, Through the wife (who) was immersed in doctrines and religious instruction at night, through observing insubstantiality in the world, through arising distress as the result of sensuality through the state of youthfulness which is like the flowingness of the rainy river, and through the trasientness of the body, (it was known by me that) religion is certainly substantial in the world. I, who was instructed in this way became the worshipper of the religion of the omniscient. Today five years have elapsed. So, by the daughter-in-law, having alluded to me, was told five years. That is true. In this way by virtue of the conversation relating to the adoption of religion for the family and having heard the real words, Laxmidāsa also was educated by the daughter-in-law and the religion was observed by him in old age. He along with his family got the right path.
Praksta Prose and Verse
65
Page #85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Gehe Sūro
1. Egammi Game Ego Suvanṇayāro Vasai. Tassa Rayapahassa Majjhabhae Hattiga Vijjai. Saya Majjharattie So Suvannabhariyaṁ Mañjūsaṁ Gahiūnaṁ Niyagharammi Āgacchai. Egaya Tassa Bhajjāe Cintiam- "Eso Mama Bhattā Savvayā Mañjūsaṁ Gahiūņaṁ Majjharattie Gehe Āgacchai, Tam Na Varam, Jao Kayāvi Magge Coră Milejjā Taya Kim Hojjā?" Tao Tie Niyabhattaro Vutto- "He Pia! Majjharattie Tujjha Gihe Agamaṇam Na Sohaṇam Ti, Majjhabhāe Kayāvi Ko Vi Milejjā Tayā Kim Hojjā?" So Kahei- "Tum Mama Balaṁ Na Jāņāsi, Tena Evam Bollesi. Mama Purao Narasayam Pi Agacchejja, Te Kim Kuṇejjā? Mamaggao Te Kimavi Kāum Na Samattha. Tumae Bhayam Na Kayavvaṁ." Evam Suṇiūna Tie Cintiam Gehesūro Mama Pio Atthi, Samae Tassa Parikkham Kāhimi.'
Lesson - 8
2. Egaya Să Niyagharasamivavāsiņie Khattiyāṇie Ghare Gantūṇa Kahei- "He Piyasahi ! Tum Tava Bhattuno Savvam Vatthabhūsam Majjha Appehi, Mama Kim Pi Paoyana Atthi. Tie Khattiyāṇie Appano Piassa Asisahia-SiraveḍhanaKadipaṭṭai- Suhaḍavesaṁ Savvaṁ Samappiaṁ. Sā Gahiūņa Gehe Gayā.
66
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #86
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 8
Brave at Home
1. In a village, there lived a goldsmith. In the middle part of the main road there existed his shop. Having taken a case full of gold, he always comes to his own house in the midnight. Once it was thought by his wife. “Having taken the case, this my husband always comes to the house in the midnight. This is not proper, because, what will happen if thieves meet him in the way." Then her own husband was told by her, “Oh beloved ! Your coming to the house in the midnight in this way is not befitting.” What will happen then if anybody meets you in the middle part? He said, “You do not know my strength, so you utter this.” If even hundreds of persons come before me, what will they do? They are not capable of doing anything before me. Fear should not be felt by you." Having heard in this way, she thought (it was thought by her), "My husband is brave at home. I shall do her test on some occasion."
2. Once having gone to the house of a women of the Ksatriya Caste group who was the resident of near by her house, she says, “Oh dear friend! You give me all the attire of your husband. There is some purpose of mine." The attire of the warrior along with the sword, belt, etc. covering of the head of her own husband's - everything was given to me by the woman of the Ksatriya Caste group. She went home having taken them.
Praksta Prose and Verse
67
Page #87
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
3. Jaya Rattie Ego Jāmo Gao, Tayā Sā Taṁ Savvam Suhadavesam Parihāya, Asim Gahiūņa Nissañcăre Rāyapahammi Niggayā. Piassa Hațțão Näidūre Rukkhassa Pacchă Appaņam Āvaria Thia. Kiyantakāle So Soņņāro Hatsaṁ Saṁvariya, Mañjūsaṁ Ca Hatthena Gahiūņa So Bhayabhanto lo Tao Pāsanto Siggham Gacchanto Jāva Tassa Rukkhassa Samīvam Āgao, Tayā Purisavesadharini Sa Sahaså Nisariūna Maunena Tam Nibbhacchei - 'Hum, Huî, Savvaṁ Muñcehi, Annahā Māraissar.' So Akamha Rundhio Bhaena Tharatharanto 'Mam Na Māresu, Maṁ Na Māresu' la Kahiūņa Mañjūsă Appiā. Tao Sa Savvaparihiavatthaggahaņāya Karavālaggaṁ Tassa Vacchammi Țhaviūņa Sannāe Vasaņāiń Pi Kaddhāvei. Taya So Parihiakadipattayametto Jão. Tao Sā Kadipattayam Pi Maranabhayam Daṁsiūņa Kaddhāvei. So Ahuņā Jāo lva Naggo Jāo. Sā Savvaṁ Gahiūņa Gharammi Gaya, Gharadāram Pihiūņa Anto Thia.
4. So Suvaņņayāro Bhaeņa Kampamāņo lo Tao Avaloento Magge Avaņavīhie Gacchanto Kameņa Jayā Sāgavāvāriņo Hațțasamīvamāgao, Tayā Kena Janeņa Pakkacibbhadam Bāhiram Pakkhittam, Tam Tu Tassa Suvannayārassa Pitthabhāge Laggiań. Tena Nāyam Keņāvi Aham Pahario. Pitthadese Hatthena Phasei, Tattha Cibbhadassa Rasaṁ Bikim Ca Phāsiūņam Viāriaṁ -“ Aho Has Gādhayaram Pahario Mhi, Teņa Ghāena Saha Soniaṁ Pi Niggayaṁ, Tammajjhe Kidagāvi
68
Prákrta Prose and Verse
Page #88
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
3. When at night one Prahara (three hours) passed then she, having worn all that warrior's attire and having taken sword, went on the main road devoid of any movement. Having made herself hidden behind the tree not very far from (near) the husband's shop, she remained standing. Having closed the shop when that goldsmith after some time and having held the case in hand, perplexing with fear, seeing here and there, going quickly he came near that tree, then she in the disguise of the man suddenly having come out, disdained him silently (and tells him with gesture). Yes, yes leave everything otherwise I will kill you. All of a sudden he was detained, trembling with fear, (he said) don't kill me, don't kill me, having said in this way, he handed over the case (to her). Then for taking all the worn clothes, she, having put the point of sword on his chest, causes to take off the worn clothes. Then he remained to have worn only loin clothe. Then having indicated the fear of death, she also causes to take off the lion clothe . Now he became naked like a child. Having taken everything, she went home and having closed the gate of the home she sat inside the home.
4. Trembling with fear, seeing here and there on the way, going on the market road, when that goldsmith in turn reached near the shop of the merchant of vegetables, then, ripened cucumber was thrown outside by somebody, that hit against the back of that goldsmith. It was understood by him that I have been struck certainly by somebody. He touched at the back with his hand. There, having touched at the sap and seeds of the cucumber. He thought this thing. (This thing was thought
69
Pråksta Prose and Verse
Page #89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Samuppannā Evaṁ Accantabhayāulo Turiaṁ Turiam Gacchanto Gharaddare Samāgao.
5. Pihiam Gharaddāraṁ Pāsiūṇa Niyabhajjāe Ahavaṇatthaṁ Uccasarena Kahei- He Mayanassa Māyare, Daraṁ Ugghäḍehi, Dāram Ugghäḍehi.' Sã Abbhantaratthia Sunanti Vi Asuṇantiva Kiñci Kālaṁ Thiā. Aivakkosaṇe Sā Āgacca Dāram Ugghāḍia Evam Pucchai- Kim Bahum Akkosasi? 'So Bhayabhanto Gihammi Pavisia Bhajjaṁ Kahei- 'Dāram Siggham Pihahi, Talagaṁ Pi Desu.' Tie Savvaṁ Kauņa Puṭṭham - 'Kim Evaṁ Naggo Jão?' Teņa Vuttam- 'Abbhantare Avavarae Cala, Paccha Maṁ Puccha.' Gihassa Ante Avavarae Gaccă Niccinto Jão. Tie Puno Vi Puttham- 'Kim Evaṁ Naggo Agao?' Tena Kahiyam- "Corehim Lunthio, Savvam Avaharia Naggo Kao.' Så Kahei-"Puvvaṁ Mae Kahiyaṁ, He Sami! Tae Eva Majjharattie Mañjūsaṁ Gahiūna Na Āgantavvam, Tumae Na Manniam Tena Evaṁ Jayaṁ." So Kahei- " Aham Mahabaliṭṭho Vi Kim Karomi ? Jai Pañca Cha Vā Corā Āgayā Hojjā, Tayā Te Savve Aham Jeum Samattho, Ee U Sayaso Theṇā Āgayā, Teṇāham Tehim Saha Jujjhamāṇo Parājio, Savvam Lunthiūna Naggo Kao, Pitthadese Ya Asiņāham Pahario. Pāsesu Pitthadesaṁ, Ghāeņa Saha Kīḍagāvi Uppannā."
70
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #90
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
by him), Oh ! I have been intensely struck, so blood has come out along with the wound and because of this there have grown in that insects also. In this way, very much perturbed with fear, (he) going speedily, arrived at the gate of the house.
5. Having seen the closed gate of the house, for calling in the loud voice he tells his wife, "Oh Madana's mother! open the gate, open the gate. She sat inside, though hearing, yet she stayed for some time as if not hearing. On being angry so much, having come and having opened the gate, she asked in this way, “Why do you shout so much?” He was seized with fear, having entered in the house, tells his wife, "hurriedly close the gate and also put lock on it." Having done all this she asked him, "Why have you become naked in this way?” It was told by him, “Come inside the small room and ask me afterwards.” Having gone in the room at the end of the house, he became free from anxiety. Also again it was asked by her, “Why have you come naked in this way?" It was told by him, “I have been looted by thieves." Having snatched away everything, I have been made naked (by them). She said, “It has been told by me earlier, Oh master! having taken the case in midnight in this way you should not make any movement (no movement should be made by you). This was not accepted by you, so this has happened. He said, “(Though) I am very strong yet what to do? If there have come five or six thieves, then I was capable of winning them all. But there came hundreds of thieves, so I was defeated. Fighting with them, I have been made naked, having snatched away everything and I have been struck by sword in the back. See my back also insects have grown with wound.
71
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6. Tie Tassa Pițshadesaṁ Päsittā Nāyam- Cibbhadassa Rasaṁ Biyāiṁ Ca Imāiṁ Santi. Bhattussaṁ Vi Kahiaṁ- "Sāmi ! Bhayabhantena Tae Evaṁ Jāniyam, Kena Vi Aham Pahario Evaṁ Tao Soņiam Niggayaṁ, Tattha Ya Kidagā Vi Samuppannā, Tam Na Saccaṁ. Tuṁ Cibbhadena Pahario Si, Tassa Rasam Bīyāim Ca Pitthadese Laggāiń" Ti. Tao Tassa Dehapakkhālaņāya Sa Jalaṁ Gahiūņa Āgaya, Niyapaissa Dehasuddhim Kareúņa Parihāņavatthappane Tāim Ceva Vatthāim Appei. So Tāim Vatthāim Pāsiūņaṁ Dhitthattaņeņa Kahei- “ Hum, Hum, Mae Tayacciya Tumaṁ Nāyā, Mae Cintiaṁ- Mama Bhajjā Kim Karei ? Teņāham Bhayabhanto Iva Tatha Thio, Savvāvaharanamuvekkhiaṁ' Annaha Mama Purao Itthie Ka Satti ? Så Kahei- "He Bhattara ! Tava Balam Mae Tayā Ceva Nāyaḥ, Gehesūro Tumaṁ Asi, Ao Ajjayaņão Tumae Majjharattie Mañjūsam Gahiūņa Kayāvi, Na Āgantavvaṁ” Ti Bhajjāe Vayaņaṁ So Angikarei.
72
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #92
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6. Having seen his back, she knew that there are seeds and sap of cucumber. It was told also for the husband, “Oh master! being seized with fear it has been known in this manner by you. “It is not true that I have been struck by somebody and in this way as a result blood has come out and there insects have grown also. You have been struck by cucumber and its sap and seeds were attached on the back.” Having brought water she came for washing his body. Then having done cleaning of the body of her husband, she gave only those clothes in present which were looted by her. Having seen those clothes, he says with brashness, yes, yes you were known (by me) even at that time. It was thought by me - What my wife will do? So like the fact of seizing with fear, I stayed there and all lootedness was neglected. Otherwise what strength a woman possesses before me? She said, “Oh master ! your strength was understood by me even at that time. You are only brave at home. So having taken the case in midnight, coming (from the) shop should never be made by you from today. In this way he accepted wife's words.
73
Jain E. Prakrta Prose and Verse
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #93
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page #94
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Abbreviations and method of Grammatical analysis with examples
Absolutive
Adjective
Adverbs
Causative Verbs
Feminine Gender
Future Tense Impersonal Form
Imperative
Indeclinable
Infinitive
Intransitive Verbs
Irregular Obligatory and
Potential Participle
*
* [()+()+()]
* [( ) - ( ) - ()]
Abs.
Adj.
= Adv.
Cau.
Fem.
Fu.
Imp. F.
Imp.
Ind.
=
=
=
**
=
=
=
=
= Inf.
= Intr.
= Irre.
=
OPP.
Passive Voice Past = Pass. PAT
Tense
Past Participle
Past Tense
Present Tense
Present Participle
Pronoun
Retainer of Innate
Meaning Suffixes (Svarthika Suffixes) Transitive Verb
PAP.
= PAT.
= PT.
=
: PP.
= Pro.
Pronominal Adjective = Pro. Adj.
Rim.
Indicative of Original Word.
+ sign is indicative of joining together of
words.
- sign is indicative of compounding of words.
*[{()-()-()} Adj.] The entire unit in this type of brackets is indicative of Adjective.
=
=
= Tr.
* Where only number 1/1, 2/1 etc. are written outside brackets the word inside the bracket is indicative of noun.
* Where Passive Voice, Participle etc. are not according the rules of Prākṛta Grammar, there irre. is also written outside the bracket.
Page #95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1/1
First Person/Singular Intr. or Tr.
1/2
First Person/Plural Intr. or Tr.
2/1
2/2
Second Person/Singular Intr. or Tr. Second Person/Plural Intr. or Tr. Third Person/Singular Intr. or Tr.
3/1
3/2
Third Person/Plural Intr. or Tr.
1/1
1/2
Nominative Case/Singular Number Nominative Case/Plural Number Accusative Case/Singular Number
2/1
2/1
Accusative Case/Plural Number
3/1
3/2
4/1
4/2
Instrumental Case/Singular Number Instrumental Case/Plural Number Dative Case/Singular Number Dative Case/Plural Number Ablative Case/Singular Number Ablative Case/Plural Number Genitive Case/Singular Number
5/1
5/2
6/1
6/2
Genitive Case/Plural Number
7/1
7/2
Locative Case/Singular Number Locative Case/Plural Number Vocative Case/Singular Number
8/1
8/2
Vocative Case/Plural Number
76
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #96
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Method of Grammatical-analysis
Noun
Narindassa
(Narinda) 4/1
Pronoun
Tena
(Ta) 3/1 Pro. (Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
Pronominal Adjective
Savvam
Verb
Hohii
(Ho) Fu. 3/1 Intr.
Absolutive
Nisuņiūņa
(Nisuņa+ūņa) Abs.
Infinitive
Hasittae
(Hasa+ttae) Inf.
Present Participle
Joyanto
(Joya+nta) PP. 1/1 (Māra - Māria) PAP. 1/1
Past Participle
Mārio
Adjective
Impersonal Form
Samaggalaṁ (Samaggala) 2/1 Adj. Naccijjai (Nacca+ijja) PT. Imp F.
3/1 Intr.
Passive Voice
Vilasijjai
(Vilasa+ijja) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr.
Causative
Darisăvami (Darisa+āva) Cau. PT.
1/1 Tr.
Jambuo
(Jambūa) 1/1 ‘a.' Rim.
Retainer of Innate Meaning Suffixes (Svārthika Suffixes)
Indeclinable
Vinu
Ind.
Adverbs
Avasena
(Avasa) 3/1 Adv.
Mukko
(Mukka) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Irregular Past Participle Irregular Passive Voice
Labbhai
(Labbhai) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Irre.
Praksta Prose and Verse
77
Page #97
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Page #98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1. Namo
Arahantāṇaṁ
Auspicious Observance
Namo
Siddhāņaṁ
Namo Ayariyāṇam
Namo
Loe
Lesson - 1
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
(Arahanta) 4/2
(embodied spiritually perfect personalities)
Savvasähūņam
Namo
Ind.
Obeisance
Uvajjhāyāṇaṁ (Uvajjhāya) 4/2 (to) Upadhyāyas (teachers of ethico-spiritual values)
Obeisance
(to) Arahantas
Ind.
Obeisance
(Siddha) 4/2
(to) Siddhas
(disembodied spiritually perfect souls)
Ind.
Obeisance
(to) Ācāryas
(Ayariya) 4/2 (propagators of ethico-spiritual values)
Ind.
(Loa) 7/1
[(Savva)Adj.(Sähů) 4/2]
Obeisance
(in the) world
all the
(to) Sadhus
(pious personalities)
79
Page #99
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
2. Eso
80
Pañca
ṇamokkāro
Savva
păva
ppaṇāsano
Mangalānam (Mangala) 6/2
Padhamam
Havai Mangalam
3. Arahantā
Ca
Ind.
Savvesim (Savva) 6/2 Pro. Adj.
Mangalam
Siddhā
Mangalam
Sähū Mangalam
(Eta) 1/1 Pro. Adj. [(Pañca) Adj.
(Namokkāra) 1/1] [(Savva) Adj.
(Pāva)
Mangalam
(Ppaṇāsana) 1/1 Adj.]
(Arahanta) 1/2
(Mangala) 1/1
(Siddha) 1/2
(Mangala) 1/1
Kevali
[(Kevali)
pannatto (Pannatta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.]
Dhammo
(Dhamma) 1/1
(Padhama) 1/1Adj.
(the) fore-most
(Hava) PT. 3/1 Intr.
becomes
(Mangala) 1/1 auspicious observance
(Sāhu) 1/2
(Mangala) 1/1
This five-fold
obeisance (is the)
(of) all
the vices destroyer
auspicious
observances(this)
(Mangala) 1/1
and
(so) (among) all (the)
Arahantas
(are) auspicious
Siddhas
(are) auspicious
the omniscient
preached by Dharma
(ethico-spiritual values) (is) auspicious
Sadhus
(are) auspicious
Präkṛta Prose and Verse
Page #100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Arahantas
4. Arahantā
Loguttamă
(Arahanta) 1/2 [(Loga)+(Uttamā)]
[(Loga)(Uttama) 1/2 Adj.)
(in the) world (are) excellent
Siddhas
Siddha Loguttamā
(Siddha) 1/2 ((Loga)+(Uttama)]
[(Loga)(Uttama) 1/2 Adj.)
(in the) world (are) excellent
Sådhus
Sāhū Loguttamă
(Sāhu) 1/2 ((Loga)+(Uttamā)]
[(Loga)(Uttama) 1/2 Adj.)
(in the) world (are) excellent
Kevali
[(Kevali). (by) the omniscient paņņatto (Paņņatta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.] preached Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1 Dharma (ethico
spiritual values) Loguttamo [(Loga)+(Uttamo)] [(Loga).
(in the) world (Uttama) 1/1 Adj.] (is) excellent
------
5. Arahante (Arahanta) 2/2
Saranam (Sarana) 2/1 Pavvajjāmi (Pavvajja) PT. 1/1 Tr.
Arahantas (to the) shelter of
(1) resort
81
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #101
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Siddhe
(Siddha) 2/2 Saranam (Saraṇa) 2/1 Pavvajjāmi (Pavvajja) PT. 1/1 Tr.
Siddhas (to the) shelter of
(1) resort
Sāhū
(Sáhu) 2/2 Saranam (Sarana) 2/1 Pavvajjāmi (Pavvajja) PT. 1/1 Tr.
Sådhus (to the) shelter of
(1) resort
Kevali
[(Kevali). by the omniscient paņņattaṁ (Pannatta) PAP. 2/1 Irre. preached Dhammaṁ (Dhamma) 2/1 the Dharma (ethico
spiritual values) Saranam (Saraņa) 2/1 (to the) shelter of Pavvajjāmi (Pavvajja) PT. 1/1 Tr. (1) resort
6. Jhāyahi
Pañca Vi Gurave
Mangala
(Jhā) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
Meditate (Pañca) 2/2 Adj. (on the) five Ind.
only (Gurava) 2/2 holy teachers
(spiritual pillars) [(Mangala) Adj. (who are) auspicious (Cau). (in the) four grades
of existence sarana) Adj. (who are) the shelters (loya).
the world (pariyara) PAP. 2/2) (by whom) has
been adorned
cau
saranaloyapariyarie
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
82
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #102
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nara-Sura- [(Nara)
(by the) human Kheyara-Mahie : (Sura)- (and) celestial beings along
(Kheyara)- with the Vidyadharas
(human beings moving in
the sky by means of
supernormal powers) (Maha)PAP. 2/2]
and (who)
(have been) adored Ārāhaņa
[(Ārahaņa)- objects of devotion ņāyage (Nayaga) 2/2] (who are) (the)
supreme Vire (Vira) 2/2 Adj. (who are) (permeated)
(with) spiritual energy
1 212]
--------------------
7. Ghana
ghãikamma
mahaņā
[(Ghana) Adj. - (of) the dense (Ghãi)
obscuring (Kamma)
Karmas (psycho-physical impurities) (Mahaņa)1/2 Adj.) (who are) (the)
annihilators [(Tihuvana)- (in) the three worlds (Vara)
existent (Bhavva).
releasable souls (Kamala)
(for) the lotus of (Mattanda) 1/2)
(the) sun (who are like)
TihuvanavarabhavvaKamalamattandā
-------
Ariha
(Ariha) 1/2 Anantaņāņi (Anantaņāņi) 1/2 Adj.
(the) Arahantas infinite knowers
(who are)
Jain Prakrta Prose and Verse
www.jai
orary.org
Page #103
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Anuvamasokkhả
(Aņuvama) Adj. (Sokkha) 1/2 Adj.
(of) unique bliss (and are also)
enjoyers
may win (in the) world
Jayantu Jae
(Jaya) Imp. 3/2 Intr.
(Jaa) 7/1
8. Atthaviha- [(Atthaviha)Adj. eight types of kammaviyalā (Kamma).
Karmas (psycho- physical impurities)
(Viyala) 1/2 Adj.) (who are) devoid of Nitthiya- [(Ņiķthiya) PAP. Irre.- (by whom)
have been
accomplished kajjā
(Kajja) 1/2] (all) the purposes Panattha- [(Paņațțha) PAP. Irre.- (by whom)
have been put to an end samsără (Saṁsāra)1/2] (their own)
reincarnations
in the world
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Diţthasayal-
atthasarā
(of) all
[(Diţtha)+(Sayala)+ (by whom)
(Attha)+(sāra)] [(Dittha) PAP. Irre.. have been known (Sayala) Adj. (Attha)
the substances (sāra) 1/2] : the essences (Siddha) 1/2
the Siddhas (Siddhi) 2/1 (the path to) liberation (Amha) 4/1 Pro.
me (Disa) Imp. 3/2 Tr. May show
Siddha Siddhim
Mama
Disantu
84
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #104
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
9. Pañca
mahavvaya
tungă
TakkāliyaSaparasamayaSudadhārā
[(Pañca) Adj.
five (Mahavvaya).
Mahāvratas
(complete vows) (Tunga)1/2 Adj.) (who have acquired)
exalted position (by observing) [(Takkāliya)Adj. of contemporary -(Sa) Adj. - (of their) own faith and (Para) Adj.
of other's (Samaya)
the faith (Suda).
knowledge (Dhāra) 1/2 Adj.] who are the
possessors
Nāņā - guņagaņabhariya
[(Nāņā) Adj. -
diverse (Guna).
(of) virtues (Gaña)
clusters (Bhar) PAP. 1/2](and) (who) have been
saturated with (Āiriya) 1/2
the Ācāryas (Amha) 4/1 Pro.
to me (Pasida) Imp. 3/2 Intr. May do good
Airiya Mama Pasidantu
---
10.Aņņāņa- [(Anņāņa) Adj. ghora
(Ghora) Adj. timire
(Timira) 7/1] Duranta- [(Duranta) Adj. tīramhi
(Tira) 7/1 Hindamāņāņaṁ(Hiņda) PP. 4/2
(of) ignorance (in the) dense
darkness (which is) difficult
in crossing wandering
Prakrta Prose and Verse
www.jai 85
Page #105
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Bhaviyāṇujjoyayară Bhaviyāņa
Ujjoyayará Uvajjhāyā Varamadim
[(Bhaviyāņa)+
(Ujjoyayarā) ( Bhaviya) 4/2 Adj.
(who are)
(of the) mundane souls (Ujjoyayara) 1/2 Adj. the illuminators (Uvajjhāya) 1/2 the Upādhyāyas [(Vara) Adj.
supreme (Madi) 2/1) understanding (to me) (Da) Imp. 3/2 Tr. May impart
---------------
Dentu
------
mala
11. Thira[(Thira)
steadily dhariya- (Dhariya)-PAP. has been sustained sila(Sīla)
of virtues (Mālā) 1/2] (by whom) the garland Vavagaya- [(Vavagaya) Adj. - (by whom) has been rāyā
(Raya) 1/2] cast aside attachment Jasoha- [(Jasa)+(Oha)+ (Padihatthā)] padihattha [(Jasa)
(of) glory (Oha)
of multitude (Padihattha)1/2 Adj.] (who) are full
Bahuviņaya- bhúsiyanga
[(Bahu)+(Viņaya)+ (Bhūsiya)+(Angā)]
[(Bahu)- Adj. with immense (Vinaya)
modesty (Bhūsiya) PAP.. have been adorned (Anga) 1/2) and (by whom the parts
of the) body (Suha) 2/2 happiness (on me)
Suhaim
86
Prākrta Prose and Verse
Page #106
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sāhū (Sāhu) 1/2
the Sådhus Payacchantu (Payaccha) Imp. 3/2 Tr. May bestow
---------
12.Arihantā
Asarira Ayariya Uvajjhảya Muņiņo
(Arihanta) 1/2 (Asarira) 1/2 (Āyariya) 1/2 (Uvajjhāya) 1/2 (Muņi) 1/2
Arihantas Aśarīras(Siddhas)
Acăryas Upadhyāyas (and) Munis
--------------
Pañcakkhara- ((Pañca)+(Akkhara) + nippaņņo (Nippaņno)]
[(Pañca) Adj. - (from the) five (Akkhara)
letters (Nippanna)PAP. 1/2 Irre.] (has) emerged Onkāro (Orkāra) 1/1
Omkāra
(A+A+A+U+M). Pañca
(Pañca) 1/2 Adj. (are the) five Paramiţthi (Paramitțhi) 1/2 objects of devotion
------
13.Arahanta
bhāsiyattham
[(Arahanta)+ (Bhāsiya)+
(Attham)] [(Arahanta)
(Bhāsiya)PAP.
(Attha) 1/1] [(Gaṇahara)- (Deva) 3/2]
(by the) Arahanta (embodied spiritually perfect personality)
revealed
The meaning (by the) Gañadharas (chief disciples of the
Arahanta)
Ganaharadevehim
Prakrta Prose and Verse Jain Education international
87
Page #107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ganthiyaṁ Sammam
(Ganth) PAP. 1/1
Ind.
(has been) worded
properly
---------------------------------..
Panamāmi (Panama) PT. 1/1 Tr. obeisance
(1) make Bhattijutto [(Bhatti)
with devotion (Jutta) 1/1 Adj.] Sudaņāņa- [(Suda)-(Nāņa). scriptural knowledge mahodahiṁ (Mahodahi) 2/1] to the ocean of
(worded) Sirasa (Sira) 3/1 Irre. So (by) (bowing)
my head
--------
14.Sasamaya[(Sa) Adj.
of his own Şamaya)
faith (and) Parasamayaviū (Para) Adj.
(of the) other (Samaya).
the faith (Viu) 1/1 Adj. J(He who is) the knower Gambhiro (Gambhira) 1/1 Adj. (who is) profound Dittimaṁ (Dittima) 1/1 Adj. resplendent Sivo
(Siva) 1/1 Adj. benevolent Somo (Soma) 1/1 Adj.
tranquil Gunasayakalio [(Guña)
(of) virtues (Saya) Adj.
with hundreds (Kala) PAP. 1/1) (and) (who has been)
endowed Jutto
(Jutta) 1/1 Adj. (is) competent Pavayaņasāraṁ [(Pavayana) - . the doctrine
(preached by the Arahantas)
(Sāra) 2/1). the essence of Parikaheuṁ (Parikaha) Inf. for delivering
88
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #108
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
1. Suṭṭhu
Vi
Maggijjanto
Katthavi
Kelil
Natthi
Jaha
Sāro
Indiavisaesu
Tahā
Natthi
Suham
Sutthu
Vi
2. Jaha
Kacchullo
Kacchum
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Lesson
Samņasuttaṁ
·
Ind.
(Keli) 7/1
Ind.
Ind.
(Sāra) 1/1
Ind.
Ind.
Gaviṭṭham (Gavittha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
Ind.
(Magga) Pass. PP. 1/1
[(India)
(Visaa) 7/2]
2
Ind.
Ind.
(Suha) 1/1
well
(in) spite of
searched
(its being)
anywhere
plantain tree (in the)
no (there is)
Just as substance
(stem to be seen)
Ind.
(Kacchulla) 1/1 Adj. (Kacchu) 2/1
sensuous
objects (in)
so also
no (there is)
happiness
(experience of)
thoroughly
even if
investigated (it has been)
Just as
(an) itchy (person) itch (his own)
89
Page #109
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kaṇḍūya
māņo
Duham
Munai Sukkham
Mohāurā
Manussä
Taha
Kāma
duham
Suham
Binti
-
3. Kammam
Cinanti Savasã
Tassudayammi
U
Paravvasā
Honti
90
(Kaṇḍūya) PP. 1/1
(Duha) 2/1
(Muna) PT.3/1 Tr. (Sukkha) 2/1
[(Moha)+(Aurā)] [(Moha)
(Aura) 1/2 Adj.]
(Manussa) 1/2
Ind.
[(Kāma)(Duha) 2/1]
(Suha) 2/1
(Bu) PT.3/2 Tr.
(Kamma) 2/1
(Cina) PT.3/2 Tr.
(Savasa) 1/2Adj.
[(Tassa)+
(Udayammi)]
Tassa (Ta) 6/1 Pro.Adj.
(Udayammi) (Udaya) 7/1
Ind.
(Paravvasa) 1/2 Adj. (HO) PT.3/2 Intr.
scratching
suffering (that) (caused by itching)
regards (as) pleasure
(action for Karmic bondage)
choose
(they are) free
attachment
possessed by
persons
so also
desire (caused by)
suffering
pleasure (to be) consider
the Karma
(When men)
that
in the rise
of (bound) (Karma)
but
dependent become (they)
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #110
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Rukkham
Duruhai
Savaso
Vigalai
Sa
Paravvaso
Tatto
4. Kamma
vasã
Khalu
Jivā
Jiva
vasāiṁ
Kahinci
Kammāim
Katthai
Dhanio
Balavam
Dhāranio
Katthai
Balavam
Präkrta Prose and Verse
(Rukkha) 2/1
(Duruha) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Savasa) 1/1 Adj.
free (he is)
(Vigala) PT.3/1 Intr.falls (he) (but when)
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
he
(Paravvasa) 1/1 Adj.
(Ta) 5/1 Pro.Adj.
[(Kamma)
(Vasa) 1/2Adj.]
a tree
(as when a person)
climbs
dependent
(becomes) (choiceless)
from it
Karmas
(are) subject to
(psycho-physical impurities)
Ind.
(Kamma) 1/2
Ind.
certainly
(Jiva) 1/2 (Somewhere) (the) Jivas
[(Jiva)
Jivas
(Vasa) 1/2 Adj.]
Ind.
(Dhania) 1/1 Adj.
(Balavam) 1/1 Adj. Irre.
(Dharania) 1/1 Adj.
(as) somewhere
(the) money-lender
(is) powerful (and) (the) debtor
Ind.
(Balavam) 1/1 Adj. Irre.
subject to
(are certainly)
somewhere
(and) Karmas
somewhere (is) powerful
91
Page #111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
5. Bhāve
Viratto
Maņuo Visogo
Eena
(Bhava) 7/1 (in the) world (Viratta) 1/1 Adj. unattached
(to worldly objects) (Manua) 1/1 (the) person (who lives) (Visoga) 1/1 Adj. free from sorrow
(becomes) (Ea) 3/1 Pro. Adj.
by this ((Dukkha) +
(Oha)+ (Paramparena)] [(Dukkha).
sufferings (Oha)
multitude of (Parampara)3/1]
series (of)
Dukkhohaparampareña
not
Na Lippai
defiled (he is)
Ind. (Lippai) PT. Pass. 3/1
Tr. Irre. [(Bhava). (Majjha) 7/1)
Bhavamajjhe
Vi
Ind.
Santo Jalena Vä Pokkhariņi palásam
(Santa) 1/1 Adj. (Jala) 3/1
Ind. [(Pokkhariņi). (Palása)1/1)
of (the) world In the midst
in spite of being (his) (by) water
just as (the) louts-plant
(the) leaf of (is not defiled)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Praksta Prose and Verse
92
Page #112
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6. Dhammo
Mangalamukkiṭṭham
Ahimsa
Sanjamo
Tavo
Devā
Vi
Tam
Jassa
Dhamme
Namamsanti
Saya
Mano
[(Mangalam)+ (Ukkiṭṭham)]
Mangalam (Mangala) 1/1 Adj.
(Dhamma) 1/1
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Ukiṭṭham (Ukkiṭṭha) 1/1 Adj. (that) supreme
(results)
(Ahimsa) 1/1
(Sañjama) 1/1
(Tava) 1/1
(Deva) 1/2
Ind.
(Ta) 2/1 Pro.
(Namamsa) PT.
3/2 Tr.
(Ja) 6/1 Pro.
(Dhamma) 7/1
Ind.
(Mana) 1/1
Dharma (is)
(spiritual value)
spiritual
beneficence
(it is by virtue of
the Dharma,
spiritual values)
Ahimsā
(That which is )
(non-violence)
self-restraint
(and) austerity
gods
even
(To) him
pay homage
whose
(in the) Dharma
(spiritual values)
always
mind is (absorbed)
93
Page #113
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ya
7. hammo (Dhamma) 1/1
Dharma
(spiritual value) Vatthusahāvo (Vatthu)- thing (is known as) (Sahāva) 1/1] The basic nature of
a (sentient) Khamādi- [(Khamā)+(Adi)+(Bhāvo)] bhavo
[(Khamā)-(Adi)- of forgiveness etc. (Bhava) 1/1) the mental states Ind.
and Dasaviho (Dasaviha) 1/1 Adi (are) ten kinds Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1
(of) Dharma (spiritual values)
----------------------- Rayanattayam [(Rayaņa)- three Jewels the
(Ttaya) 1/1] togetherness of (is) Ca Ind.
also Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1
Dharma
(spiritual value) Jivānam
(Jiva) 6/2 (of) Jivas (beings) Rakkhanaṁ (Rakkhana) 1/1 the protection
(and again) Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1
Dharma (is) (spiritual value)
(1) forgive
all
the beings
8. Khammāmi (Khamma) PT.1/1 Tr. Savva
[(Savva). jivānam
(Jiva) 6/21 Savve (Savva) 1/2 Pro. Adj. Jivä
(Jiva) 1/2 Khamantu (Khama) Imp. 3/2 Tr. Me
(Amha) 2/1 Pro.
al]
the beings (May) forgive
me
94
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #114
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
amity (exists)
My
Mitti Me Savvabhūdesu Veraṁ Majjham Na Kena Vi
(Mitti) 1/1 (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
[(Savva)(Bhūda) 7/2]
(Vera) 1/1 (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ind. (Ka) 3/1 Pro.
Ind.
all (in) the beings enmity (is)
my
not (with) anybody
too
-
-
-
-
-
9. Je (Ja) 1/1 Pro.
who Ya Ind.
and Kante (Kanta) 2/2 Adj.
the alluring Pie (Pia) 2/2 Adj.
likeable Bhoe (Bhoa) 2/2
pleasures Laddhe (Laddha) PAP. 2/2 Irre.
(which have been) ( by him) Vipițțhi- [(Vipittha) 2/1
back (to) kuvvai Kuvvai (Kuvva) PT.3/1 Tr.] gives his
obtained
Sāhīņe
[(Sa)+(Ahine)] [(Sa).
self(Ahīņa) 2/2 Adj.)
possessed Cayai
(Caya) PT.3/1 Tr. abandons (and also) Bhoe (Bhoa) 2/2
pleasures Se (Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
He Hu Ind.
(is) really Cài
(Cāi) 1/1 Adj. a renunciatory Tti Ind.
so Vuccai (Vuccai) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Irre. (It is) said
Praksta Prose and Verse
95
Page #115
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10.Jā
Jā
Vajjai
Rayani
(Ja) 1/1 Pro.
(Jā) 1/1 Pro.
(Vajja) PT. 3/1 Irre. (Rayani) 1/1 Ind.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro
Padiniyattai (Paḍiniyatta) PT.3/1 Intr.
96
Na
Sā
Ahammam
(Ahamma) 2/1
Kuṇamāṇassa (Kuna) PP. 6/1
Aphalā
Janti
Rāio
11. Jo
Sahassam
Sahassāṇaṁ
Sangame
Dujjae
Jine
Egam
Jinejja
Appāṇaṁ
Esa
(Aphala) 1/2 Adj.
(Jā) PT.3/2 Intr. (Rai) 1/2
(Sangama) 7/1
(Dujjaa) 7/1 Adj.
(Jina) Imp.3/1 Tr.
(Ega) 2/1 Adj.
(Jina) Imp.3/1 Tr.
that
that
(Ja) 1/1 Pro.
One person
(Sahassa) 2/1 Adj.
thousands
(Sahassa) 6/2 Adj. (of) the thousands
(Appāṇa) 2/1
(Eta) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
passes
night
(does) not
that
return
vicious acts
(of the man)
committing (in) vain
pass
The nights
(in a) battle
difficult to
one's
conquer
and the (other person) may
own self
this (latter) (is)
be conquered
(may) conquer
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #116
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Se Paramo Jao
(Ta) 6/1Pro. (Parama) 1/1 Adj.
(Jaa) 1/1
his paramount
victory
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12. Appāņameva [(Appāņaṁ)+(Eva)] Appāņaṁ (Appāna) 2/1 (in one's)
own self Eva (Ind.)
alone (with internal attachment
and aversion) Jujjhāhi (Jujjha) Imp. 2/1 Intr.
Battle Kim
(Kim) 1/1 Pro. Adj. What (is the use) Te (Tumha) 4/1 Pro.
of one's Jujjhena (Jujjha) 3/1
battling with Bajjhao
Ind. the external (persons)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Appāņameva [(Appāņaṁ)+(Eva)] (The truth is that)
Appänaṁ (Appāņa) 2/1own self (in one's) Eva (Ind.)
alone Appāņaṁ (Appāņa) 2/1 one's own (attachment
and aversion) Jaitta
(Jaa) Abs. having conquered Suhamehae [(Suham)+(Ehae)]
Suhaṁ (Suha) 1/1 (one's) happiness Ehae (Eha) PT.3/1 Intr. heightens
97
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #117
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
13.Appa
Ceva Dameyavvo Appa Hu Khalu Duddamo
(Appa) 1/1
(yet) the self Ind.
alone (Dama) Opp.1/1 should be restrained (Appa) 1/1
(the) self
alone
Verily (Duddama) 1/1 Adj. (is) difficult to be
restrained
Ind.
Ind.
Appa
Danto
Suhi Hoi Assim Loe Parattha Ya
(Appa) 1/1 (The reason is
that) the self (who) (Danta) PAP.1/1 Irre. (has been)
restrained (Suhi) 1/1 Adj.
happy (Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
becomes (Ima) 7/1 Pro, Adj.
this (Loa) 7/1
(in) world Ind. (in the) next world Ind.
and
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
14.Anathovaṁ
Vanathovaṁ
((Ana)-(Thovam)] (Ana) 1/1
(The) debt Thovas (Ind.) small quantity (in a) [(Vaņa)-(Thovaṁ)] (Vaņa) 1/1
(The) wound Thovaṁ (Ind.) (in a) small quantity [(Aggi)-(Thovaṁ)] (Aggi) 1/1
(The) fire Thovaṁ (Ind.) small quantity (in a)
Aggithovaṁ
98
Prákyta Prose and Verse
Page #118
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kasāyathovaṁ[(Kasāya)-(Thovaṁ)]
(Kasāya) 1/1 (The) passion Thovar (Ind.) small quantity (in a)
Ind.
and
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-------------
Na
hu Bhe Visasiyavvaṁ
(sno
Thovam
Ind.
not Ind.
undoubtedly (Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
by you (Visasa) Opp. 1/1 (be) relied upon
(should) (their being) Ind.
(in) small quantity Ind.
despite Ind.
since (Ta) 1/1 Pro. that (each one of them) Ind.
very much (Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
Pi
Hu
Tam Bahu
Hoi
is
15.Koho
Piim Panāsei Māno Viņayanāsaņo
(Koha) 1/1
(Pii) 2/1 (Paņāsa) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Māna) 1/1
[(Viņaya). (Nâsana) 1/1 Adj.)
Anger affection dissolves
pride of modesty (is) subversive
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Māyā Mittani Nāsei Loho
(Māyā) 1/1
(Mitta) 2/2 (Nāsa) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Loha) 1/1
hypocrisy
friends throws out (and) greed
Jailkakrta Prose and Verse
www.jain 9rary.org
Page #119
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Savvaviņāsaņo [(Savva)Adj.
(Viņāsaņa) 1/1 Adj.)
everything (is) destructive of
-
-
-
-
-
-
16. Uvasamena
Haņe
(Uvasama) 3/1 (Haņa) Imp.3/1 Tr.
Kohař
(Koha) 2/1 Mānam
(Māna) 2/1 Maddavayā (Maddava) Rim. 'Ya' 5/1 Jine. (Jiņa) Imp.3/1 Tr.
(by) calmness (One) (should)
subvert anger
pride (by) modesty
subdue (One) (should)
------
Mayam (Māyā) 2/1
hypocrisy Casijava- [(Ca)+(Ajjava)+(Bhāveņa)] bháveņa Ca (Ind.) = and
and [(Ajjava).
by simplicity (Bhāva) 3/1] Lobham (Lobha) 2/1
greed Santosao (Santosa) 5/1 (by) contentment (Jiņa) Imp.3/1 Tr.
overcome (one) (should)
Jiņe
---------------
Ind.
17.Jaha
Kumme (Kumma) 1/1 Saangăi [(Sa) Adj. - (Anga) 2/2]
(Sa) Rim. 'A' 7/1 Dehe
(Deha) 7/1 Samāhare (Samāhara) PT.3/1 Tr.
Just as (the) tortoise its (own) limbs
its (own) (in) body
draws
Sae
------------.......-------------
100
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #120
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Evam
Pāvāiṁ
Mehāvi
Ajjhappeṇa
Samāhare
18.Se
Jāņam
ajāņaṁ
Ind.
(Pāva) 2/2
(Mehāvi) 1/1 Adj. (Ajjhappa) 3/1
(Samahara) PT.3/1 Tr.
Biyaṁ
Tam
Na
Samāyare
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
[(Jāņam)+(Ajāṇam)]
Jānam (Adv.)
Ajāṇaṁ (Adv.)
Vä
Kaṭṭum
Ähammiam (Ahammia) 2/1 Adj.
Payam
(Paya) 2/1
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
Ind.
Khippam (Ind.)
Appäṇaṁ (Appāna)2/1
Ind.
(Ta) 2/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Samāyara) Imp. 3/1 Tr.
so also the vices
the wise man
(by means of)
spirituality
does away with
Samvare (Samvara) Imp. 3/1 Tr. (should) restrain
Khippam [(Khippam)+ (Appāṇam)]
appāṇaṁ
the person
consciously
unconsciously
or
Having commited
wrong
action
immediately
his own self
(and then)
the second time
he
not
(should)
commit it
101
Page #121
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.Je
Mamaiya -
Matim
Jahāti
Se
Jahāti
Mamãiyam
Se
Hu
Dittha
pahe
Muni
Jassa
Natthi
Mamãiyam
20.Savva
gantha
vimukko
Siibhuo
Pasantacitto
A
102
(Ja) 1/1 Pro. [(Mamãiya) Adj.(Mati) 2/1]
(Jaha) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Jaha) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Mamǎiya) 2/1 Adj.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Ind.
[(Dittha)PAP. Irre.
(Paha) 1/1]
(Muni) 1/1
(Ja) 4/1 Pro.
Ind.
[(Savva)
(Gantha)
who
(an) attached thing
(Vimukka)PAP.
1/1 Irre.]
(Siībhua) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
[(Pasanta)
(Citta) PAP. Irre. 1/1]
Ind.
he
alone
(has been)
comprehended (spiritual) path
(is) the knower
(by whom)
for whom (He)
(there) does not (exist)
(Mamǎiya) 1/1 Adj. any attached thing
inclination
(towards)
renounces
He
renounces
the attached thing
all
possessions destitute of
(The person)
(is) tranquil
(is) of joyful
mind
and
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #122
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jam
Pāvai
Muttisuham Na Cakkavatti Vi Tań Lahai
(Ja) 2/1 Pro. Add.
who (Pāva) PT.3/1 Tr.
obtains ((Mutti)-(Suha) 2/1) final beatitude Ind.
does not (Cakkavațți) 1/1 the emperor Ind.
Even (Ta) 2/1 Pro. that (final beatitude) (Laha) PT.3/1 Tr.
attain
------
21. Savve
Jivá Vi Icchanti Jiviuí Na Marijjiuṁ
(Savva) 1/2 Pro.Adj.
(Jiva) 1/2
Ind. (Iccha) PT.3/2 Tr.
(Jiva) Inf.
All the Jivas (beings) without exception
desire to live (and)
Ind.
not to die
(Mara) Inf.
th
Tamha Pāņavaham Ghoraṁ Niggantha
Ind.
therefore [(Pāņa)- of Prāņas (vital forces) (Vaha) 2/1)
taking away (Ghora) 2/1 Adj. the distressful (Niggantha) 1/2 Self-restraining
(persons) (Vajjayanti) PT.3/2 Tr. Irre. give up (Ta) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
certainly
Vajjayanti Nam
22.Jaha
Te
Ind. (Tumha) 4/1 Pro.
Just as to you
Prakrta Prose and Verse
103
Page #123
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Na Piam Dukkham Jāņia Emeva Savvajivānam
Ind. (Pia) 1/1 Adj. (Dukkha) 1/1 (Jāņa) Abs.
Ind. [(Savva) Pro.Adj.
(Jiva) 4/2]
(is) not
dear pain (so also) having known
in this way for all (other) Jivas beings
Savvāyaram- [(Savva)+(Ayaraṁ) uvautto
+(Uvautto)] [(Savva)Pro.Adj. all the Jivas beings
(you should give) (Ayara)2/1)
affection (to) Uvautto (Uvautta) 'O' suffix signifying adequately
Ablative meaning Attovammeņa [(Atta)+(Uvammena)] [(Atta)
yourself (with) (Uvamma)3/1)
equality
(And) (by reason of the) Kuņasu (Kuņa) Imp. 2/1 Tr. (you should) give Dayam (Dayā) 2/1
sympathy (to all of them)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23.Jivavaho
Appavaho
[(Jiva)
(Vaha) 1/1) [(Appa). (Vaha) 1/1)
[(Jiva)(Dayā) 1/1]
(a) Jiva (being)
Killing one's own self
(is) killing the Jiva (being) compassion (for)
Jivadayā
104
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Appaņo Dayā Hoi
(Appaņa) 4/1
(Dayā) 1/1 (Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
(for) one's own self
compassion
is
Tā
Ind. By reason of this Savva- [(Savva)Pro. Adj.
all jiva
(Jiva)
the Jivas beings hiṁsā (Hiṁsā) 1/1)
injury (to) Paricattă (Paricattā) PAP. 1/1 Irre. has been
abandoned Attakāmehiṁ (Attakāma) 3/2 Adj. (by) those desirous
of self-realization
(Tunga) 1/1 Adj.
24.Tungań
Na Mandarão
Ind.
(Mandara) 5/1
higher (there is) nothing
(than) (the) Meru mountain (than) (the) sky
more extended (is) (and) nothing
Āgāsão Visālayam
(Āgāsa) 5/1 (Visāla) Rim. 'Ya' 1/1 Adj.
Ind.
Natthi
Jaha
Taha
Ind.
Ind. (Jaya) 7/1 (Jāņa) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
Just as
so also (in the) world
know (this)
Jayammi Jāņasu
Prakrta Prose and Verse
105
Page #125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Dhammam- [(Dhammaṁ)+(Ahiṁsā) + ahiṁsāsamaṁ (Samaṁ)]
Dhammaṁ (Dhamma) virtue (excellent 1/1
and universal) [(Ahimsa). Ahimsă (non violence)
(Sama) 1/1 Adj.) corresponding (to) Natthi
Ind.
(there is) no
25.Sitanti (Sita) PT.3/2 Intr.
perish Suvantānam (Suva) PP. 6/2 (the) sleeping
(in regard to) Atthā (Attha) 1/2 The supra-worldly
purposes (and) Purisāņa (Purisa) 6/2
men Logasāratthä[(Loga)+(Sāra)+(Atthā)] [(Loga)
(in the) world (Şāra)
(and) the best (Attha)1/2]
purposes
Tamhā Ind.
so Jāgaramāņā (Jāgara) PP. 1/2
waking Vidhunadha (Vidhuņa) Imp. 2/2 Tr. (should) annihilate
(all of you) Porāņayaṁ (Porāņa) Rim. Ya'2/1 Adj. the old Kammaṁ (Kamma) 2/1 karmas (psycho
physical impurities)
106
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
26.Jägaraha (Jägara) Imp. 2/2 Intr. wake up (beware) Nara (Nara) 8/2
O men! Niccam Ind.
always Jāgaramāṇassa (Jāgara) PP. 6/1 (of the) waking
(bewaring) Vaddhate (Vaddha) PT. 3/1 Intr. sharpens Buddhi (Buddhi) 1/1
The intellect
---------------
Jo Suvati
Na
So
He
Dhanno Jo Jaggati
(Ja) 1/1 Pro.
who (Suva) PT. 3/1 Intr. sleeps (ignores
spiritual values) Ind.
(does) not (Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Dhanna) 1/1 Adj. become happy (Ja) 1/1 Pro.
who (but) (Jagga) PT. 3/1 Intr. wakes up
(adheres to spiritual values) (Ta) 1/1 Pro. Ind.
always (Dhanna) 1/1 Adj. (becomes) happy
So
he
Sayā Dhanno
27.Hayam
Nānam Kiyā hiņaṁ
Haya
(Haya) 1/1 Adj. (is of no consequence (Nāna) 1/1
Knowledge [(Kiyā)-(Hīņa) 1/1 Adj. destitute of action (Hayā) 1/1 Adj.
(is aslo of)
no consequence (Aņņāņa- Aņņāņão from ignorance - Aņņāņao) 5/1 (Kiya) 1/1
action (done)
Annänao
Kiya
Praksta Prose and Verse
107
Page #127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Pasanto (Pasa) PP. 1/1 seeing (the fire)
(even though all the time) Pangulo (Pangula) 1/1 Adj. (the) lame man
(It is a well known fact that) Daddho (Daddha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
burned Dhāvamāņo (Dhāva) PP. 1/1 (even though)
running
(also burned) Ind.
and Andhao (Andhaa) 1/1 Adj. (the) blind man
28.Jara
Jāva Na Pilei
(Jarā) 1/1
Ind.
Ind. (Pila) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Vāhi) 1/1
Ind.
Ind. (Vaddha) PT. 3/1 Intr.
old age As long as (does) not
afflict disease as long as (does) not
grow
Vāhi
Jāva Na Vaddhai
Jāvindiya [(Java)+(Indiyā)] Jāva (Ind.)
as long as Indiya (Indiya) 1/2 (and) the senses Na Ind.
(do) not Hayanti (Hāya) PT. 3/2 Intr.
decline Tava Ind.
then Dhammaṁ (Dhamma) 2/1 the spiritual path Samāyare (Samāyara) Imp. 3/1 Tr. (one should)
pursue
108
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #128
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
29. Āhārosaha
[(Ahāra)+(Osaha)+
Satthābhaya- (Sattha)+(Abhaya)+
Bheo
(Bheo) ]
[(Āhāra)
(Osaha)
(Sattha)
(Abhaya)(Bhea) 1/1]
(Ja) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
Jam
Cauvviham
Dāṇaṁ
Dāyavvaṁ
Nidittham
uvāsay
ajjhayaṇa
Tam
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
Vuccai (Vuccai) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Irre.
(Dă) OPP. 1/1
[(Nidittham) + (Uvāsaya)+(Ajjhayaṇa)] [Nidittham
(Nidittham) PAP. 1/1 Irre.]
30.Jayaṇā U
(Cauvviha) 1/1 Adj. (Dana) 1/1
Dhammajanani
Jayaṇā
Prakrta Prose and Verse
(lies in) food
medicine
books (Scriptures)
(and) fearlessness
(Jayaṇā) 1/1
(Ind.)
[(Dhamma)
(Janani) 1/1] (Jayaṇā) 1/1
That gift
(It is) said
(should be) offered
The division
of which
four kinds
The gift (is of)
[(Uvǎsaya) (in the) Upāsakadhyayan
(Ajjhayaṇa) 7/1]
(book of the
householder)
described
(This has been so)
awareness
Surely
(of) spirituality
(is the) mother
awareness
109
Page #129
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Dhammassa Pālaņi Ceva
(Dhamma) 6/1 (Pālaņi) 1/1 Adj.
spirituality (is the) fosterer of
surely
(Ind.)
Tavvuddhikari[(Ta)-(Vvuddhikari) (is) its enhancer
1/1 Adj.] Jayaņā (Jayaņā) 1/1
awareness Egantasu- [(Eganta)+(Suha) + hāvahā
(Avaha)] [(Eganta)Adj.
unconditional (Suha)
happiness (Avaha-Fe. Avahả ) 1/1 Adj.)
is the
begetter of Jayaņā (Jayaņā) 1/1 (and) awareness
31. Jayas
Care Jayam Citthe Jayamāse
(Jaya) Adv. with awareness (Cara) Imp. 3/1 Tr. One should move (Jaya) Adv.
with awareness (Cittha) Imp. 3/1 Intr.
stand [(Jayar)+(Åse) )
Jaya (Adv.) with awareness Āse (Āsa) Imp. 3/1 Intr. Adv.
with awareness (Saa) Imp. 3/1 Intr. (and) sleep
sit
Jayam
Sae
Jayam Bhuñjanto
(Jaya) Adv. . with awareness (Bhuñja) PP. 1/1
(and) eating
(One doing all this and) (Bhāsa) PP. 1/1
talking
Bhäsanto
110
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Pavam Kammam Na Bandhai
(Pāva) 2/1 Adj. (Kamma) 2/1
Ind. (Bandha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
vicious
Karma (does) not
bind
Ind.
32.Na Ind.
(is) not Kasaya[(Kasāya)
(from) passion samutthehi (Samuttha) 3/2 Adj.] originated Ya
Metre requirement Vahijjai
(Vaha) PT. Pass. carrieda way
3/1 Tr. Mānasehiṁ (Mānasa) 3/2 Adj. by the mental Dukkhehim (Dukkha) 3/2
suffering
İsă-Visāya - Soga-iehiṁ
Jhānova- gayacitto
[(īsā)+(Visāya)+ (Soga)+(Āiehiṁ)] [lisā)-(Visaya) (of) jealousy, dejection,
(Soga)-(Aia) 3/2] grief etc. [(Jhāņa)+(Uvagaya)
+(Citto)] [(Jhāņa)
meditation (Uvagaya) PAP. Irre. (by whom)
has been practiced (Citta) 1/1)
The person
(Ja) 3/1 Pro.
33.Jeņa
Viņā Logassa
Ind.
which
without (of the) world
(Loga) 6/1
111
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #131
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vi
Vavahāro Savvaha Na Nivvahai
Ind. Metre requirement (Vavahāra) 1/1 the transaction Ind.
even Ind.
(does) not (Nivvaha) PT. 3/1 Intr.
go on
.
Tassa (Ta) 6/1Pro.
That Bhuvanekka- [(Bhuvana)+(Ekka)+ guruņo
(Guruņo)] [(Bhuvana).
(of) mankind (Ekka) Adj.- (is the) singular (Guru) 4/1]
teacher Ņamo
Ind.
Salutation (to) Anegantavā- [(Aneganta) (the) Anekāntavāda yassa
(Vāya) 4/1]
34.Sayaṁ (Sa) Rim. 'Ya’ 2/1 Adj.
Sayaṁ (Sa) Rim. 'Ya' 2/1 Adj. Pasaṁsantā (Pasaṁsa) PP. 1/2 Garahantā (Garaha) PP. 1/2 Param
(Para) 2/1 Adj. Vayam
(Vaya) 2/1
one's own one's own
Extolling disparaging those of others utterances and
Je
Tattha Viussanti
(Ja) 1/2 Pro.
who Ind. Metre requirement Ind.
on that occasion (Viussa) PT. 3/2 Intr. behave like a
pedantic person (Saṁsára) 2/1 (on the) world
Saṁsāram
112
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #132
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Te
(Ta) 1/2 Pro.
they (Viussiya) 1/2 Adj. (remain) dependent
Viussiya
-
-
-
-
-
-
35. Nāņājīvā [(Nāņā) Adj.
(Jiva) 1/2] Nāņākammaṁ [(pāņā) Adj. -
(Kamma) 1/1) Nāņāvihaṁ (Nāņāvihaṁ) 2/1 Adv. Have (Hava) PT. 3/1 Intr. Laddhi
(Laddhi) 1/1
Diverse (are) the Jivas
varied (is) (their) Karma (and) divergent
Is
ad
(their) capability
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Tamha Ind.
therefore Vayaņavivadam [(Vayaņa).
verbal (Vivāda) 2/1]
disputation Saga
[(Saga). of one's own and para
(Para) Adj. with the other's faith samaehiṁ (Samaa) Adj. 3/2) with the votary Vajjijjā (Vajja) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
avoid
Prāksta Prose and Verse
113
Page #133
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 3 Uttaradhyayana
1. Pabhūya
rayaņo Rāyā Senio Magahāhivo
[(Pabhūya) Adj.
abundant (Who was the) possessor of (Rayaņa) 1/1- Adj.]
wealth (Rāya) 1/1
The king (Senia) 1/1
Srenika [(Magaha)+(Ahivo)] [(Magaha)
of Magadha (Ahiva)1/1)
ruler
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
--------------
Viharajattam Nijjão Mandiku- cchirsi Ceie
(Vihāra) (Jattā) 2/1 (Nijjā) PAP. 1/1 (Mandikuccha) 7/1
(for) a pleasure
trip came out in Mandikukși
(Ceia) 7/1
Garden
---------
There he (the king)
saw
2. Tattha
Ind. So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj. Pásai
(Pasa) PT. 3/1 Tr. Sāhum
(Sāhu) 2/1 Sañjayaṁ (Sañjaya) PAP. 2/1 Irre. Susamāhiyam (Su- Adv.
Samāhiya) PAP. 2/1 Irre.
a saint self-controlled
completely
immersed in meditation
114
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #134
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nisannam
Rukkhamulammi Sukumālaṁ Suhoiyaṁ
(Nisanna)
seated PAP. 2/1 Irre. [(Rukkha).
the tree (Mūla) 7/1)
under (Sukumäla) 2/1 Adj. handsome [(Suha)+(Uiyaṁ)]
[(Suha)- (for worldly) pleasures (Uiya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.] and suited
his
3. Tassa
Pãe
Vandittà Kāūņa
(Ta) 6/1 Pro. (Pāa) 2/2
Ind. (Vanda) Abs. (Kāūņa) Abs. Irre.
Ind. (Payāhiņā) 2/1
feet
and Having saluted
having
and circumambulated
(him)
Ya
Payāhiņam
Nāidūramaņāsanne[(Nāidūraṁ)+(Aņāsanne)]
Näidūraṁ (Ind.) = neither (at a) distance Aņāsanne (Aņāsanna) 7/1 (nor very) near
(he stayed) Pañjali (Pañjali) 2/2
(made)
folded hands Padipucchai (Padipuccha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (and) asked
-------------
4. Taruņo
(Taruņa) 1/1 (Asa) PT. 2/1 Intr.
Si
young you are
Jai Prakrta Prose and Verse
www.jah 1 5rary.org
Page #135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ajjo
(Ajja) 8/1
Oh Arya! Pavvaio (Pavvaia) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (you) have
become saint Bhogakālammi [(Bhoga)- of sensual enjoyment (Kāla) 7/1]
at the time Sanjaya (Sañjaya) 8/1 Oh self controlled !
Si
stable
you are in sainthood
Uvatthio (Uvatthia) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Asa) PT. 2/1 Intr. Sämanne (Samanna) 7/1 Eyamasthaṁ [(Eyaṁ)+(Atthaṁ)]
Eyaṁ (Eya) 2/1Pro.Adj.
Atthaṁ (Attha) 2/1 Suņemu (Suņa) Imp. 1/1 Tr. Та
its
isu
purpose I should listen to
So
Ind.
5. Aņāho
Mi Mahārāyaḥ Nāho Majjha Na Vijjai
(Aņāha) 1/1 Adj. (Asa) PT. 1/1 Intr. (Mahārāya) 8/1 (Nāha) 1/1 Adj. (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ind. (Vijja) PT. 3/1 Intr.
without refuge
I am Oh great king! protector
my No body
is
-----
----
Anukampagaṁ
Suhim Va
(Aņukampaga) 2/1 Adj. bestowing
compassion (on me) (Suhi) 2/1
any friend
and Ind.
also
Ind.
116
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
--------
Kañci - Kañci (ka) 2/1 Pro.
any person Nābhisa- [(Na)+(Abhisamema)+ memashaṁ
(Aham)] Na (Ind.)
do not Abhisamema (Abhisame) PT. 1/2Tr. know Aham (Amha) 1/1 Pro.
---------- 6. Tao Ind.
Then (Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj. Pahasio (Pahas) PAP. 1/1
laughed
(and said) Rāya (Raya) 1/1
king Senio (Seņia) 1/1
Srenika Magahāhivo [(Magaha)+(Ahivo)] [(Magaha)-(Ahiva) 1/1] the ruler
of Magadha
So
he
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Te
Evaṁ - Eva (Ind.)
like (Tumha) 4/1 Pro.
you Iddhimantassa(lddhimanta) 4/1 Adj.
for a
prosperous man Kaham Ind.
how Nāho (Nāha) 1/1
protector Na Ind.
no Vijjai (Vijja) PT. 3/1 Intr.
is (there)
7. Homi Nāho
(Ho) PT. 1/1 Intr.
(Nāha) 1/1
I become the protector
Prakrta Prose and Verse Jaint Education international
www.jaitd Prary.org
Page #137
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Bhayantānam (Bhayanta) 4/2 Adj.
For the venerable persons
(like you) Bhoge
(Bhoga) 2/2 sensual pleasures Bhuñjāhi (Bhuñja) Imp.2/1 Tr. you enjoy Sañjayā (Sanjaya) 8/1 Oh self controlled !
----------
Mitta - Nāi- ((Mitta)-(Nāi)-by friends and relatives parivudo (Parivuda)
surrounded PAP. 1/1 Irre.) Māņussam (Māņussa) 1/1
human birth Khu Ind.
In fact Sudullaham[(Su)-(Dullaha) 1/1 Adj.] is very difficult
(to attain) -------------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ind.
Vi
8. Appaņā
Ind. Anāho
(Anäha) 1/1
(Asa) PT. 2/1 Intr. Seniyā
(Senia) 8/1 Magahāhivă [(Magaha)+(Ahivā)]
[(Magaha)-(Ahiva)8/1]
yourself
even without refuge
(you) are Oh Srenika! Oh ruler of Magadha!
---------------------
-
-
-
-
Appaņā Aņāho Santo Kassa Nāho Bhavissasi
Ind.
yourself (Aņāha)1/1 without refuge (Santa) PP. 1/1 Irre.' Becoming (Ka) 6/1 Pro.
whose (Näha) 1/1
protector (Bhava) Fu. 2/1 Intr. (you) will become
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
118
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #138
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
in this way (this) was said
king
9. Evaí
Ind. Vutto (Vutta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Narindo (Narinda) 1/1 So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj. Susambhanto [(Su) Ind. (Sambhanta)
PAP. 1/1 Irre.] Suvimhio [(Su) Ind. (Vimhia)
PAP. 1/1 Irre.)
that (and) too
confused (became) very wonderstruck
-------------
Vayanam (Vayana) 2/1 (then) (having heard)
such words Asuyapuvvaṁ(Asuyapuvva) 2/1 Adj. (as were)
not heard before Sāhuņa
(Sahu) 3/1 (When) by the saint Vimhayannito[(Vimhaya)+(Annito)] [(Vimhaya).
surprise (Annita) PAP. 1/1 Irre.] (who was)
endowed with
10. Assä
Hatthi Maņussá Me
(Assa) 1/2 (Hatthi) 1/2 (Manussa) 1/2 (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
horses Elephants (and) men (are in) my (possession)
cities palaces
and (are in) my (kingdom)
Puraṁ Anteuras
(Pura) 1/1 (Anteura) 1/1
Ind. (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ca
Me
Jain Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #139
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Bhuñjāmi Māņuse
Bhoe Āna Issariyam
(Bhuñja) PT.1/1 Tr.
(l) enjoy (Māņusa) 2/2 Adj. (related to)
human beings (Bhoa) 2/2 sensual pleasures
(Āņā) 1/1 command (are in vogue) (Issariya) 1/1
sovereignty Ind.
and (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ca
Me
my
11. Erise (Erisa) 7/1 Adj.
In such Sampay- [(Sampayā)+(Aggammi)] aggammi [(Sampayā)
(of) prosperity (Agga) 7/1] abundance where Savva - [(Savva).
all the kāma(Kāma).
desired objects samappie (Samappa)PAP.1/1) have been
dedicated (to someone)
------------------
Ind.
Kaham Aņāho Bhavai Ma Hu Bhante Musam Vae
how (Anāha) 1/1 without refuge (Bhava) PT. 3/1 Intr. will (that one) be Ind.
do not Ind.
so (Bhanta) 8/1 Adj. : Oh venerable! (Musā) 2/1
(tell) a lie (Vaa) 7/1 in your statements
120
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #140
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
12. Na
Tumaṁ
Jāņe
Aṇāhassa
Attham
Pottham
Na
Patthiva!
Jahā
Aṇāho
Bhavai
Saṇāho
Vå
Narähivā
13. Suṇeha
Me
Jahā
Aṇāho
Bhavati
Jahā
Me
Ind.
(Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
(Jāna) PT. 1/1 Tr.
(Aṇāha) 6/1
(Attha) 2/1
(Pottha) 2/1
Ind.
(Patthiva) 8/1
Jain Prakrta Prose and Verse
do not
(that) you (know) (I) understand without refuge
the meaning
the root of the word
and
Oh king!
Ind.
(Aṇāha) 1/1
(Bhava) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Saṇāha) 1/1
Ind.
(Narǎhiva) 8/1
(Suna) Imp. 2/2 Tr. (Amha) 3/1 Pro.
Mahārāyaṁ
(Mahārāya) 8/1
Avvakkhitteṇa (Avvakkhitta) 3/1 Adj.with concentrated
Ceyasă
(Ceya) 3/1
mind
accordingly (How) without refuge happens with refuge
or
(So) Oh king!
(I shall tell you the
meaning of this accordingly)
Ind. (Aṇāha) 1/1
(Bhava) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
(Amha) 3/1 Pro.
listen (to this)
by me
Oh great king!
just as
without refuge
happens
that
by me
121
Page #141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ind.
Pavattiyam (Pavattiya) PAP. 1/1Irre.
Ya
14. Kosambi
Nāma
Nayari
Purāṇa
Tattha
Asi
Piyā
Majjham
Pabhūya
dhaṇa
sañcao
pura
cities
bheyani [(Bheyaṇa → Fem. Bheyaņi) 1/1 Adj.] different
from (existed)
15. Padhame
Vae
Mahārāyaṁ
Atulă
Me
Acchi
veyaṇā
(Kosambi) 1/1
Ind.
(Nayari) 1/1
[(Purāṇa)
(Pura)
122
Ind.
(Asa) PAT. 3/1 Intr.
(Piu) 1/1
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Metre requirement
has been
expounded
[(Pabhūya) Adj.
(Dhana)
(Sañcaa) 1/1]
Kośāmbi
named
(Mahārāya) 8/1
[(Atul Fem. → Atula) 1/1 Adj.]
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
[(Acchi)
(Veyaṇā) 1/1]
The city
old
There
(In his possession)
(there was)
was
father
my
(Paḍhama) 7/1 Adj. (once) in adolescent
(Vaa) 7/1
of abundant
wealth
accumulation
age
Oh emperor! unlimited
in my
eyes
pain
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #142
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ahotthä
Viulo
Dāho
Savva
gattesu
Patthivā
Me
Ayariyȧ Vijjāmanta
cigicchagă
16. Uvaṭṭhiya (Uvaṭṭhiya) PAP. 1/2 Irre.
Abiyā Sattha
kusalā
Manta
Mula
visārayā
17.Te
Me
(Ahottha) PAT. 3/1
there was
(Viula) 1/1 Adj. (there occurred) great
burning
in all (the parts of)
(my) body Oh king!
Tigiccham Kuvvanti
(Daha) 1/1
[(Savva) Adj.
(Gatta) 7/2]
(Patthiva) 8/1
Prakrta Prose and Verse
arrived
(Amha) 6/1 Pro. (for) my (treatment) (Āyariya) 1/2 Doctors [(Vijjā) - (and) supernatural field (Manta)
of knowledge
(Cigicchaga) 1/2]
incantation
(A-Biya) 1/2 Adj.
Unequalled
[(Sattha)- (in) medical literature
(Kusala) 1/2 Adj.] (who are) competent
(of) incantations
in the basis
proficient
(Ta) 1/2 Pro.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Tigiccha) 2/1
(Kuvva) PT. 3/2 Tr.
Cãuppāyaṁ (Cãuppāya) 2/1 Adj.
Jahāhiyam
(Jahāhiya) 2/1 Adj.
[(Manta)
(Mula)
(Visāraya) 1/2 Adj.
who
treat (through)
They
my
treatment
carried out
four types
(of) useful
123
Page #143
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Na
Ya
Dukkhā
Vimoyanti
Esā
Majjha
Aṇāhayā
18. Piyā
Me
Savvasaraṁ
Pi
Dejjāhi
Mama
Kāraṇā
Na
Ya
Dukkhā
Vimoyanti
Esă
Majjha
Aṇāhayā
124
Ind.
Ind.
(Dukkha) 5/1
(Vimoya) PT. 3/2 Tr.
(Etă) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Aṇāhayā) 1/1
(Piu)
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
[(Savva) Adj.
(Sāra) 2/1]
Ind.
(Da) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Kāraṇa) 5/1
Ind.
Ind.
(Dukkha) 5/1
(Vimoya) PT. 3/2 Tr.
(Etă) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro. (Aṇāhaya) 1/1
(they) did not
But
(to the medical practitioners)
from pain
make (me) free
This is
my
unprotectiveness
father
my
all types
of wealth
also
gave
my
(For) purpose
did not
yet (he) from pain
make me free
This is
my
unprotectiveness
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #144
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19. Maya
mother
also
Vi
my
Me Mahāraya Puttasogaduhastțiya
(Māyā) 1/1
Ind. (Amha) 6/1 Pro. (Mahārāya) 8/1
[(Putta). (Soga)
(Duha)(Atțiyā) 1/1 Adj.
Oh emperor!
of son's
suffering by the distress was oppressed
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Na
Ind. Ya
Ind. Dukkha
(Dukkha) 5/1 Vimoyanti (Vimoya) PT. 3/2 Tr. Esă
(Etā) 1/1 Pro. Adj. Majjha (Amha) 6/1 Pro. Aņāhayā (Aņāhayā) 1/1
did not But (my mother)
from pain make (me) free
This is
my unprotectiveness
-----------
20.Bhāyaro (Bhāyara) 1/2
brothers Me (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
my Mahārāya (Mahārāya) 8/1
Oh emperor! Saga (Saga) 1/2 Adj.
own Jeţtha -
[(Jettha) - younger and elder Kaņiţthaga (Kaņițshaga) 1/2 Adj. 'Ga' Rim.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ya
Na
Ind.
Ind. Dukkhā
(Dukkha) 5/1 Vimoyanti (Vimoya) PT. 3/2 Tr. Esa
(Eta ) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
did not but (they)
from pain make (me) free
This is
Praksta Prose and Verse
125
Page #145
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
my
Majjha Aņāhaya
(Amha) 6/1 Pro. (Aņāhayā) 1/1
unprotectiveness
sisters
21.Bhaiņio
(Bhaiņi) 1/2 Me (Amha)6/1 Pro.
my Mahārāya (Mahārāya) 8/1 Oh emperor! Sagā (Saga) 1/2 Adj.
own Jettha[(Jettha)
and elder Kaņisthagā (Kaņitthaga) 1/2 Adj. “Ga’ Rim] younger
Na
Ya
Dukkha
Vimoyanti
Ind.
Ind. (Dukkha)5/1 (Vimoya) PT.3/2Tr. (Etā) 1/1 Pro.Adj. Amha)6/1Pro. Aņāhayā) 1/1
did not but (they)
from pain make (me) free
This is
my unprotectiveness
Esa
Majjha Aņāhaya
------
22.Bhăriyā
Me Mahārāya
(Bháriyā) 1/1 (Amha)6/1Pro. Mahārāya)8/1
wife
my Oh emperor!
Anurattā
Fem. (Anuratta + Anurattā) who (is) satisfied 1/1 Adj.
(with me) (Anuvvayā) 1/1 (and) is faithful
and devoted
Anuvvaya
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
126
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #146
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
with tears, filled
wi
Assupuņnehim ((Aṁsu)-(Punna)
PAP. 3/2 Irre.) Nayanehim (Nayana) 3/2 Uram
(Ura) 2/1 Me
(Amha) 6/1 Pro. Parisiñcai (Parisiñca)PT.3/1 Tr.
with eyes
chest
my wetted
23.Annam
Pāņam Са Nhãnam
(Anna) 2/1 (Pāna) 2/1
Ind. (Nhāna) 2/1
Ind. [(Gandha)
(Malla)(Vilevana)2/1]
Са
food drink
and bathing
and aromatic things,
flowers,
fragrant embrocation
Gandhamallavilevaņam
(Vie
-----
or
Mae (Amha) 3/1 Pro.
by me Nāyam- [(Ņāyaṁ)+(Anayaṁ)] aņāyaṁ Nāyaṁ (Naya)PAP. 1/1 Irre. It has
been known Aņāyaṁ (Aņāya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. not known Va
Ind. Sā
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.Adj. (yet) she (my wife) Bālā
(Bälā) 1/1 (who was) young Novabhuñjai [(Na)+(Uvabhuñjai)] Na (Ind.)
never Uvabhuñjai (Uvabhuñja) made use of
PT. 3/1 Tr.
Prāksta Prose and Verse
127
Page #147
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
24. Khanam
Pi
Me Mahārāya Pāsão Vi Na Phittai
Ind.
Ind. (Amha)6/1Pro. (Mahārāya) 8/1 (Pasa) 5/1
ind.
Ind. (Phita) PT. 3/1 Intr.
for a moment
even my (wife) Oh emperor! from my side
even did not
go
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Na
Ya Dukkha Vimoei Esā Majjha Aņāhaya
Ind.
Ind. (Dukkha) 5/1 (Vimoa) PT.3/1 Tr. (Etā) 1/1 Pro. Adj. (Amha)6/1Pro. (Aņāhayā) 1/1
did not
yet (she) from pain make me free
This is
my unprotectiveness
-------
Ind.
25. Tao
then Hari
(Amha)1/1Pro. I(in my mind) Evamáhaṁsu [(Evaṁ)+(Ahaṁsu)]
Evaṁ (Ind.) in the (following) way Ahaṁsu (Aha) PAT. 1/1 Tr.
told Dukkhamá (Dukkhamā) 2/1 Adj. intolerable Hu
Ind.
undoubtedly Puņo Puno
Ind.
again and again
Veyaņā Anubhavius Je
(Veyaņā) 1/1
affliction (Anubhava) Abs. Having experienced
Ind. Metre requirement
128
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Samsārammi Añantae
(Saṁsāra) 7/1 (Anantaa) 7/1 Adj.
in this world
infinite
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
26. Saiṁ Ca
Ind.
Jai
immediately
If (1) am released
Muccijā
Ind. (Muccijā) Imp. Pass.
1/1 Tr. Irre. (Veyaņā ) 5/1 (Viula) 5/1 Adj.
Ind.
Veyaņā Viula lo
affliction formidable
from this
Khanto (Khanta) 1/1 Adj. (By virtue of which)
forgiving Danto (Danta) 1/1 Adj. conqueror of
senses (and) Nirārambho (Nirarambha) 1/1 Adj. devoid of violence
(I shall become) Pavvae (Pavvaa) 7/1 in renunciation
ceremony Anagāriyaṁ (Anagāriya) 2/1 Adj. (I will go) relating
to a saint
Ca
27.Evam
Ind.
Ind. Cintaittānam (Cinta) Abs. Pásutto (Pāsutta) PAP.1/1 Irre. Mi
(Asa) PT. 1/1 Intr. Narāhiva (Narāhiva) 8/1
in this way
precisely having thought
slept
Oh king!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Praksta Prose and Verse
129
Page #149
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
PP
Pariyattantie
(Surprisingly)
Fem. (Pariyatta * Pariyattanta
in the Pariyattanti) PP. 7/1 diminishing Rāie (Rāi) 7/1
night Veyaņā (Veyaņā) 1/1
pain Me (Amha)6/1 Pro.
my Khayam
(Khaya) 2/1 towards decline Gayā (Gaya- Gayā) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
went
-------
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
28. Tao
Kalle Pabhāyammi Apucchittäņa
Ind.
Then (Kalla) 1/1 Adj. (I was) in good health (Pabhāya) 7/1 in the morning (Apuccha) Abs. Having taken
the permission (Bandhava) 2/2 of my relatives
Bandhave
-----
-----
Khanto (Khanta) 1/1 Adj. (By virtue of which)
forgiving Danto (Danta) 1/1 Adj. conqueror of
senses (and) Nirārambho (Nirārambha) 1/1 Adj. devoid of violence
(I became) Pavvaio (Pavvaia) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (I) moved into Anagāriyaṁ (Anagāriya) 2/1 Adj. the state
of saintship
130
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
29.To
Ind.
The consequence
(is that)
Haṁ
Nāho Jāo Appaņo
(Amha)1/1 Pro.
(Nāha) 1/1 (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (Appa) 6/1 Adj.
Ind. (Para) 6/1 Adj.
Ind.
Ya
the protector have become of myself
and of others
and
Parassa
ya
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
------
Savvesiṁ Ceva Bhūyāņam Tasāņam Thāvarāņa
(Savva) 6/2 Adj.
Ind. (Bhuya) 6/2
(Tasa) 6/2 (Thávara) 6/2
Ind.
of all
also beings mobile immobile
and
Ya
Jai Praksta Prose and Verse
www.jal 3 brary.org
Page #151
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 4 Vajjalagga
1. Dukkham
Adv. with great difficulty Kirai (Kirai) PT.Pass.3/1 Tr. Irre. is composed Kavvam (Kavva) 1/1
Poetry Kavvammi (Kavva) 7/1
poetry Kae
(Kaa) PAP. 7/1 Irre. On composing Pauñjaņā (Pauñjaņā) 1/1 (its) recitation Dukkham
Adv. (is) (made with) difficulty
Sante Pauñjamāņe Soyārā Dullaha Hunti
(Santa) 7/1Adj. (Pauñja) PP. 7/1
(Soyāra) 1/2 (Dullaha) 1/2 Adj. (Hu) PT. 3/2 Intr.
(are) present (If) reciting person
listeners difficult to find
are
verse
(Rua) PT
2. Găhă Ruai Aņāhā Sise Kāūņa Do Vi
(Gähā) 1/1 (Rua) PT. 3/1 Intr. (Aņāha → Aņāhā) 1/1 Adj.
(Sisa) 7/1 (Kāūņa) Abs. Irre. (Do Vi) 2/1 Adj.
weeps (the) orphan
on head Having kept
both
Fem.
Hatthão
(Hattha
Hatthā) 2/2
the hands
---------
-----
Sukaihi Dukkharaiya
(Sukai) 3/2 [(Dukkha)
by good poets with difficulty
Jain E132tion International
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #152
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Suhena Mukkho
(Raiyā) PAP. 1/1) which has been
composed Adv.
carelessly (Mukkha) 1/1 Adj.(when) (the) ignorant
(reader) (Viņāsa) PT. 3/1Tr. spoils (the reading
of verse) ----------------------------------------
Vinăsei
3. Gāhāhi
Who
Ko Na
(Găhă) 3/2 with Prākṣta verses (Ka) 1/1 Pro.Adj. Ind.
not (Hirai) PT.Pass.3/1 Tr. Irre. is pleased
(Piya) 6/2 Adj. (Mitta) 6/2
friends (Ka) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
not
Hirai Piyāņa Mittana Ko Na
dear
Who
Ind.
Ko
Ind.
Sambharai (Sambhara) PT. 3/1 Tr. (does) remember Dūmijjai (Dūma) PT.Pass.3/1 Tr. is afflicted (Ka) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
who Na
not Vi Ind.
And Dūmieņa (Dūma) PAP. 3/1 having been oppressed Suyanena (Suyana) 3/1 beneficent person Rayaņeņa (Rayana) 3/1 Adj. by the honoured
4. Paiya
kavvammi
[(Paiya)(Kavva) 7/1]
from Prākṣta
poetry
Prakrta Prose and Verse
133
Page #153
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Raso Jo Jāyai
(Rasa) 1/1 (Ja) 1/1 Pro.Adj. (Jā) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(The) flavor
which
grows (does not take us to dispiritedness)
Just as by the wise man
(through) the words spoken
Taha Ya
Ind. Cheyabhaņiehim [(Cheya)
(Bhaņa) PAP. 3/2]
-------
Ind.
Uyayassa Ya Vásiyasiyalassa Tittim Na Vaccāmo
(Uyaya) 6/1
water
and [(Vāsa) PAP. (by means of) fragrant (Siyala)6/1 Adj.]
cold (Titti) 2/1 to dispiritedness Ind.
not (Vacca) PT. 1/2 Tr. (we) do resort
5. Paiyakavvassa [(Pāiya)
to Prāksta (Kavva) 4/1]
poetry Namo Ind.
Salutation Paiyakavvar [(Pāiya)
Prākşta (Kavva) 1/1]
poetry Са Ind.
and
(to him also) Nimmiyaṁ (Nimma) PAP. 1/1 has been composed Jena (Ja) 3/1 Pro.Adj.
by whom
-----
134
Prákyta Prose and Verse
Page #154
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Täham (Ta) 4/2 Pro. Apabhramsa
Ciya
Ind.
Paṇamāmo (Panama) PT. 1/2 Tr.
Padhiūna
(Padha) Abs.
Ya
Je
Vi
Jāṇanti
6. Suyaṇo
Suddha
sahāvo
Mailijjanto
Vi
Dujjanajanena
Chāreņa
Dappano
Viya Ahiyayaram
Nimmalo Hoi
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
(Ja) 1/2 Pro.Adj.
Ind.
(Jāna) PT. 3/2 Tr.
(Suyaṇa) 1/1
[(Suddha)Adj.
(Sahāva) 1/1 Adj.]
(Maila) Pass. PP.1/1
Ind.
[(Dujjana)(jana) 3/1]
(Chāra) 3/1
(Dappana) 1/1
Ind.
(Ahiyayara) 1/1
Comparative Adj.
(Nimmala) 1/1 Adj.
(Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
those
also
(we) salute
having read
(Prākṛta poetry)
and
who
also
understand (it)
virtuous man
the good natured
being tarnished
by the ashes (being tarnished)
(the) mirror
(becomes more clean)
just as
Even
by the wicked
person
more
pure
becomes
135
Page #155
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7. Suyano
Na Kuppai Cciya
Aha
(Suyana) 1/1 (The) virtuous man Ind.
not (Kuppa) PT. 3/1 Tr. does anger Ind.
metre requirement Ind. (Kuppa) PT. 3/1 Tr. (he) does angers (Mangula) 2/1 Ind.
not (Cinta) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(he) think
Kuppai Mangular Na
evil
Cintei
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aha
Cintei
Na
not
Jampai Aha Jampai Lajjiro Hoi
Ind. (Cinta) PT. 3/1 Tr. (he) thinks (evil)
Ind. (Jampa) PT. 3/1 Tr. (he) does speak (evil)
Ind. (Jampa) PT. 3/1 Tr. (he) speaks (evil)
(Lajjira) 1/1 Adj. embarrassed (Ho) PT. 3/1 Intr. (he) becomes
8. Ditthā
Haranti Dukkham Jampantā Denti Sayalasokkhăim
(Diţtha) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Association with
(the virtuous men) (Hara) PT. 3/2 Tr.
takes away (Dukkha) 2/1 (our) suffering (Jampa) PP. 1/2
speaking (Dā) PT. 3/2 Tr. (they) bestow (on us) [(Sayala) Adj.(Sokkha)2/2]
pleasures
all
136
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #156
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Eyam Vihiņa Sukayaṁ
Suyaņā Jam Nimmiya Bhuvane
(Ea) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
This (Vihi) 3/1 by the providence (Su-Kaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. auspicious thing
has been done (Suyana) 1/2
virtuous men Ind.
that (Nimma) PAP. 1/2 have been created (Bhuvana) 7/1
in the world ----------------
---------------
9. Na
Hasanti
Param
Na
Ind.
Ind.
do not (Hasa) PT. 3/2 Tr.
laugh (The virtuous persons) (Para) 2/1
at others
do not (Thuva) PT. 3/2 Tr. (they) extol (Appaya) 2/1‘Ya’ ‘Rim. themselves
[(Piya) Adj. of lovable things (Saya) 2/2]
hundreds (Jampa) PT. 3/2 Tr. they speak
Thuvanti Appayam Piyasayãi
Jampanti
this
(Eta) 1/1 Pro.Adj.
[(Suyana)(Sahāva) 1/1)
Eso Suyanasahávo Namo Namo Tāņa Purisănań
Ind.
(Ta) 4/2 Pro.Adj.
(Purisa) 4/2
virtuous persons is the nature of Salutations
to those
persons (again and again)
-
-
-
-
.
-
-
Praksta Prose and Verse
137
Page #157
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
10. Akae
Vi
Kae
Vi
Pie
Kayavippie
Vi
Hu
Piyam
Kunanti
Te
Dullahā
Suyaṇā
11. Pharusam
Na
Bhanasi
Bhanio
(Akaa) PAP. 7/1 Irre.
Piyam
Kuṇantā
Jayammi
(Jaya) 7/1
Disanti (Disanti) PT.Pass. 3/2 Tr. Irre.
138
Ind.
(Kaa) PAP. 7/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Pia) 7/1 Adj.
(Piya) 2/1 Adj.
(Kuna) PP. 1/2
[(Kaya) PAP. Irre.
on
having not been done good (by others)
(Vippia) 7/1 Adj.]
Ind.
Ind.
(Piya) 2/1 Adj. (Kuna) PT. 3/2 Tr.
(Ta) 1/2 Pro. Adj.
(Dullaha) 1/2 Adj. (Suyana) 1/2
(Pharusa) 2/1
Ind.
(Bhana) PT. 2/1 Tr.
(Bhana) PAP. 1/1
even
On having been
done
and
good (by others)
good (to others)
(persons) doing
(in the) world
are seen
on having been
done
evil by others
even
But
good (to others)
(who) do
those
are rare
harsh
do not
(you) speak
(if harsh words)
have been spoken (by the other)
virtuous persons
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #158
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vi
Hasasi
Hasiūna
Jampasi
Piyāim
Sajjana
Tujjha
Sahāvo
Na
Yāṇimo
Kassa
Sāriccho
12. Necchasi
[(Na)+(Icchasi)] Na (Ind.)
Icchasi (Iccha) PT. 2/1 Tr.
Parāvayāraṁ [(Para)+(Avayāraṁ)] [(Para)-(Avayāra) 2/11 Parovayāram [(Para)+(Uvayāraṁ)] [(Para)-(Uvayāra) 2/1] Ind.
Niccamävahasi[ (Niccam)+(Avahasi)]
Ca
Āvahasi
Avarǎhehi
Na
Ind.
(Hasa) PT. 2/1Intr.
(Hasa) Abs.
(Jampa) PT. 2/1 Tr. (Piya) 2/2 Adj.
Prākṛta Prose and Verse
(Sajjana) 8/1
(Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
(Sahāva) 1/1
Ind.
(Yāṇa) PT. 1/2 Tr.
(Ka) 6/1 Pro.Adj. (Săriccha) 1/1 Adj.
Niccam (Ind.)
(Avaha) PT. 2/1 Tr.
Ind.
even
then (you) laugh
Having laughed
(you) speak loving words
Oh virtuous man!
Your
nature
do not
we know
to whom
(is) similar
do not
you desire
the ill of others
good to others
and
(Avaraha) 3/2 (on account of) offences
(done against you)
not
always
you do
139
Page #159
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kuppasi
Suyana Namo Tuha Sahāvassa
(Kuppa) PT. 2/1 Tr. you (are) angry
(with anybody) (Suyaņa) 8/1 Oh virtuous man!
Ind. Therefore) salutation (Tumha) 4/1 Pro.
to your (Sahāva) 4/1
nature
many
13. Dohim
Ciya Pajjattam Bahuehi Vi Kim Gunehi Suyanassa
(Do) 3/2 Adj. by his two (qualities) Ind.
only (Pajjatta) 1/1 Satisfaction (occurs) (Bahua) 3/2 Adj. Ind.
even (Kim) 1/1 Pro. Adj. what (is) the use of (Guņa) 3/2
qualities (Suyana) 6/1 of the virtuous man
--------
Vijjupphuriyam Roso Mitti Pāhānareha
[(Vijju). (Pphuriya) 2/1 Adj.)
(Rosa) 1/1 (Mittī) 1/1 [(Pāhāna). (Rehā) 1/1]
Ind.
(like) lightening
unstable anger (and) friendship on stone the line
like
Vua
14.Dinam (Dina) 2/1
(the) poor Abbhuddharium(Abbhuddhara) Inf. To elevate Patte
(Patta) 7/1 Adj. on getting (a person)
140
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #160
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Saranagae
[(Sarana)+(Agae)]
[(Sarana). (Āgaa) PAP. 7/1 Irre.)
(Piya) 2/1 Adj. (Kauṁ) Inf. Irre.
(for) shelter having come
good to do
Piyam Kaur
Avaraddhesu (Avaraddha) 7/2
offences
(done against himself) Vi Ind.
even Khamium (Khama) Inf.
to forgive Suyano (Suyana) 1/1 the virtuous man Cciya Ind.
and Navari Ind.
only Jāņei (Jāņa) PT. 3/1 Tr. knows (all these)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
two
15.Be
Purisă Dharai Dhara Ahavā Dohim
(Be) 2/2 Adj.
(Purisa) 2/2 (Dhara) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Dhara) 1/1
Ind. (Do) 3/2 Adj.
Ind. (Dhāra) PAP. 1/1
(Dharani) 1/1
persons
holds The earth or (if it is said) by two (persons)
Pi
only
Dhāriya Dharani
has been held
the earth
---------------
Uvayāre Jassa
(Uvayāra) 7/1 (First) (is) (in) beneficence (Ja) 6/1 Pro.Adj.
whose (Mai) 1/1
mind
Mai
Praksta Prose and Verse
141
Page #161
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Uvayariyaṁ (Uvayara) PAP. 2/1 (the) conferred
beneficence Jo (Ja) 1/1 Pro.Adj. (and) (secondly) who
not Pamhusai (Pamhusa) PT. 3/1 Tr. does forget
Na
Ind.
16. Sela
Calanti Palae
(Sela) 1/2 (Cala) PT. 3/2 Intr.
(Palaa) 7/1
Mountains
perish in the dissolution
(of the world) (the) boundary
(and) oceans
Majjāyam Sāyarā
(Majjāya) 2/1 (Sāyara) 1/2
Vi
Ind.
even
Mellanti
(Mella) PT. 3/2 Tr.
transgress
Suyana
(Suyana) 1/2 the virtuous men Tahiṁ (Ta) 7/1 Pro.Adj.
on that Pi Ind.
but Kāle (Kāla) 7/1
occasion Padivannam(Padivanna) PAP. 2/1 Irre. (the) given
(word) Neya Ind.
never Sidhilanti (Sidhila) PT. 3/2 Tr.
slacken
--------------...
17.Candanataru [(Candana).
a sandal (Taru) 1/1] Vua
Ind. Suyana
(Suyana) 1/2 (the) virtuous men Phalarahiya[(Phala)-(Raha) PAP. 1/2) fruitless
tree like
142
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #162
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jai Vi Nimmiya Vihiņā
Ind. (Nimma) PAP. 1/2
(Vihi) 3/1
Though have been created by the providence
-----------------
Taha Vi
Ind. Kunanti (Kuna) PT. 3/2 Tr. Parattham (Parattha) 2/1 Niyayasarireņa[(Niya) Adj. 'Ya' Rim.-
(Sarira) 3/1] Loyassa
(Loya) 6/1
yet (they) do
good by their own
body
to people
------
------------------
----
---
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
18. Guņiņo
Guņehi
(Guņi) 1/2 (Guna) 3/2
Vihavehi
(Vihava) 3/2
the virtuous by reason of (their) virtues
by virtue of (their) affluence
the affluent (may) become
haughty It is possible (that)
Vihaviņo Hontu Gavviyā Nama
(Vihavi) 1/2 (Ho) Imp. 3/2 Intr. (Gavviya) 1/2 Adj.
Ind.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Dosehi
(Dosa) 3/2
Ind.
Navari Gavvo Khalāņa Maggo Cciya Auvvo
(Gavva) 1/1 (Khala) 6/2 (Magga) 1/1
Ind. (Auvva) 1/1 Adj.
(because of) (their) own vices only (the wicked) (become) haughty of the wicked
the way
Really (is) strange
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pråksta Prose and Verse
143
Page #163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.Santam
Na
Denti
144
Pi
Håranti
(Da) PT. 3/2 Tr.
Värenti
(Vāra) PT. 3/2 Tr.
Dentayam (Dā) PP. 2/1 'Ya' Rim. Dinnayam (Dinna) 2/1Adj. 'Ya' Rim.
Ind.
(Hāra) PT. 3/2 Tr.
Animitta
vairiyāṇam
Khalāṇa
Maggo
Cciya
Auvvo
20. Jehim
Ciya Ubbhaviya
Jāņa
Pasāeņa
Niggaya
payāvā
(The wicked) the
thing existing (with their own self) Ind.
do not
give
obstruct
the givers
the given thing
even
snatch away
(Santa) 2/1 Adj.
[(Animitta)
(Vairiya)6/2Adj.]
(Khala) 6/2
(Magga) 1/1
Ind.
(Auvva) 1/1 Adj.
(Ja) 3/2 Pro.Adj.
without any reason (They are the)
effectors of hostility
of the wicked
By which
(by the Vindhya mountain)
(Payāva) 1/2]
the way Really
(is) strange
Ind.
even
(Ubbhava) PAP. 1/2 have been elevated
(Ja) 6/2 Pro.
by whose
(Pasǎa) 3/1
[(Niggaya) PAP. Irre.
grace
has been
spread out
their influence
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #164
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Şamarā Dahanti Viñjhaṁ Khalāņa Maggo Cciya Auννο
(Samara) 1/2 the non- Aryans (Daha) PT. 3/2 Tr. they set on fire
(Viñjha) 1/2 (the) Vindhya mountain (Khala) 6/2
(of the) wicked (Magga) 1/1
the way Ind.
Really (Auvva) 1/1 Adj. (is) strange
------
------------
21. Sarasă
Vi
Dumā Dāvānalena Dajjhanti
(Sarasa) 1/2 Adj.
Ind. (Duma) 1/2 (Dāvānala) 3/1 (Dajjhanti) PT. Pass.
3/2 Tr. Irre. [(Sukkha) Adj.(Saṁvaliya) 1/2 Adj.)
(Just as) fresh
even
trees by the forest fire
are burned
Sukkhasaṁvaliyā
dry grass mixed with
--------------------------------------------
Dujjanasange Patte Suyaņo
[(Dujjana)- (similarly) (of) (the) wicked
(sanga) 7/1) in the company (Patta) 7/1 Adj.
on going (Suyana) 1/1 the virtuous man Ind.
too (Suha) 2/1
happiness Ind.
does not (Pava) PT. 3/1 Tr.
get
Vi
Suham Na Pavei
145
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #165
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
22.Dhannā
Bahir- andhaliya
Do
(Dhanna) 1/2 (are) fortunate ((Bahira)+(Andhala)+(lyā)] [(Bahira) Adj.
deaf (Andhala) Adj.
(and) blind (lya) 1/2 Adj.] (Do) 1/2 Adj.
(the) two
(persons) (namely) Ind.
Only (Jiva) PT. 3/2 Intr. and (really) live (Māņusa) 7/1 in the human
(Loa) 7/1
Cciya Jivanti Māņuse Loe
world
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Na
Sunanti Pisuņavayanam Khalassa Riddhi Na Pecchanti
Ind.
do not (Suņa) PT. 3/2 Tr.(Because) (they) listen [(Pisuņa)
of the wicked (Vayana) 2/1) to the words (Khala) 6/1
of the wicked (Riddhi) 2/2 (and) the prosperity Ind.
do not (Peccha) PT. 3/2 Tr.
see
---...
23. Ekkam
(Ekka) 1/1 Adj. Ciya
Ind. Salahijjai (Salaha) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Dinesa
[(Dinesa)diyahāņa (Diyaha) 6/2] Navari
Ind. Nivvahanaṁ (Nivvahana) 1/1 Ājamma
Ind.
co- existence
really (is) extolled of the sun and of the day-time
Only the continued throughout life
146
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #166
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ekkamekkehi (Ekkamekka) 3/2 Adj.
Jehi
Viraho
Cciya
Na
Dittho
24.Padivannam
Dinayara
vāsarāṇa
Donham
Suhai
Sūro
Na
[(Dinayara) - (Vāsara)) 6/2]
(Do) 6/2 Adj.
Akhaṇḍiyam (A-khaṇḍa) PAP. 1/1
Dinena
Viņā
Dino
Vi
Na
Hu
Sūra
virahammi
(Ja) 3/2 Pro.
(Viraha) 1/1
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
Ind.
(Dittha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Paḍivanna)
PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Suha) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Sūra) 1/1
Ind.
(Dina) 3/1
Ind.
(Dina) 1/1
Ind.
Ind.
Ind.
[(Sūra) -
(Viraha) 7/1]
by anyone of them
Out of which
separation
which has been done
even
no
has been witnessed
the sun and
the day-time
by both
Unbroken
(friendship) shines
The sun
(is) not
day-time
without
(and) the day-time
too
does not exist
undoubtedly
from the sun
in separation
www.j47ibrary.org
Page #167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
25.Tam (Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
He Mittam (Mitta) 1/1
(a) friend Kāyavvaṁ (Kāyavva) OPP. 1/1 Irre. should be made (Ja) 1/1 Pro.
who
metre requirement Vasaņammi (Vasaņa) 7/1 (in) misfortune Desa[(Desa) -
or at any place kālammi (Kāla) 7/1]
at (any) time
Jaṁ Kira
Ind.
Alihiya
[(Aliha) PAP.. bhitti
(Bhitti) - băullayaṁ (Báulla) 1/1 'Ya Rim.)
Ind. Na
Ind. Parammuhar (Parammuha) 1/1 Adj. Thai (Thā) PT.3/1 Intr.
Va
the painted (on the) wall puppet
like does not indifferent
remain
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
148
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #168
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 5 Bhagavati Aradhana
1. Dujjana- [(Dujjana) Adj.
the wicked saṁsaggie(Saṁsagga Sassaggi) 3/1] (In the)
company (of) Pajahadi (Pajaha) PT. 3/1 Tr. renounces Niyagam (Niyaga) 2/1 Adj.
his own Guņam (Guna) 2/1
virtue Khu Ind.
for certain Sujano
(Sujana) 1/1 the virtuous man
ne
Vi
Ind.
even
Siyalabhavam Udayam Jaha Pajahadi Aggijoena
[(Siyala)(Bhava) 2/1] (Udaya) 1/1
Ind. (Pajaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
[(Aggi)(Joa) 3/1]
(its) cold nature water
just as relinquishes
(of) fire (with the) contact
2. Nāņujjovo
[(Nāņa)+(Ujjovo)]
[(Nana)(Ujjova) 1/1]
(Jova) 1/1 [(Nāņa)+(Ujjovassa)]
[(Nāna)(Ujjova) 6/1]
of knowledge
The light (is) (the real) light
Jovo Ņānujjovassa
of knowledge
of the light
Prāksta Prose and Verse
149
Page #169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Natthi
[(Na)+(Atthi) ]
Na (Ind.)
Atthi (Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr. Padighādo (Padighăda) 1/1
no (There) is vanishment
------------------
--------------
-------------
illumines
Divei Khettamappaṁ
area
Sūro Ņānam Jagamasesam
(Diva) PT. 3/1 Tr. [(Khettaṁ)+(Appam)] Khettaṁ (Khetta) 2/1 Appaṁ( Appa) 2/1 Adj.
(Sura) 1/1
(Nāņa) 1/1 [(Jagań)+(Asesaṁ)]
Jagaṁ (Jaga) 2/1 Asesaṁ (Asesa) 2/1 Adj.
a small
The sun (but) knowledge
(illumines)
universe
the total
-----------------
The learning
certainly of a devotee
3. Vijjā
(Vijjā) 1/1 Vi
Ind. Bhattivantassa (Bhattivanta)6/1 Siddhim- [(Siddhim)+(Uvayādi)] uvayādi Siddhim(Siddhi) 2/1
Uvayādi (Uvayā)PT.3/1 Tr. Hodi
(Ho) PT. 3/1 Intr. Saphalā (Saphalā) 1/1 Adj.
its fullness
reaches
is
(it) fruitful
Ya
Ind.
and
how
Kiha Puna Nivvudibījam
Then
Ind.
Ind. [(Nivvudi). (Bija) 1/1]
emancipation
the seed of
150
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #170
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sijjhahidi (Sijjha) Fu. 3/1 Intr. (will) fructify Abhattimantassa (Abhattimanta) 4/1 (for the) undevout
Jo
4. Nāņujjoeņa [(pāņa)+(Ujjoena)] [(Ņāņa)
of knowledge (Ujjoya) 3/1]
the light Viņā Ind.
without (Ja) 1/1 Pro.
He who Icchadi (Iccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
desires Mokkhamaggam- [(Mokkha)+ (Maggań)+ uvagantuń
(Uvagantum) [(Mokkha)- (of) emancipation (Magga) 2/1)
on (the) path (Uvagantuṁ) Inf. Irre. (to) move
Gantur (Gantuṁ) Inf. Irre.
(to) go Kadillamicchadi ((Kadillaṁ)+(Icchadi)]
Kadillar (Kadilla) 2/1 (to) the forest
Icchadi (Iccha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (who) desires Andhalao (Andhalaa) ‘A’ Rim. 1/1Adj. (is like)
the blind person Andhayārammi (Andhayāra) 7/1 (in) darkness
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
---------
5. Jāvaiyāiṁ
Dukkhai Honti Loyammi Cadu
(Jávaiya) 1/2 Adj.
As many (Dukkha) 1/2
sufferings (Ho) PT. 3/2 Intr. so many are (there) (Loya) 7/1
(in the) world [(Cadu) Adj.
four
Prakrta Prose and Verse
151
Page #171
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
gadi
gadāim
Savvāņi
Tāni
Himsa
phalāṇi
Jivassa
Jāṇāhi
6. Jalacandaṇa
sasimuttā
candamani
Taha
Narassa
Nivvāṇam
Na
Karanti
Kunai
Jaha
Hida
madhura
mida
vayaṇaṁ
(Gadi)-(in the) grades of existence (have) pervaded
152
(Gada)PAP.2/2 Irre.]
(Savva) 2/2 Pro.Adj.
(Ta) 2/2 Pro.Adj. [(Himsā)
(Phala) 2/21
(Jiva) 6/1
(Jāņa) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
[(Jala)-(Candaṇa)
(Sasi)-(Mutta)
(Candamaņi) 1/2]
Ind.
(Kara) PT. 3/2 Tr.
(Kuna) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Ind.
Atthajjuyaṁ [(Atthajjuya)1/1Adj.]
Ind.
(Nara) 4/1
(Nivvāṇa) 2/1
those (sufferings)
of violence (Himsä)
as the result (to) beings Know
all
Water, sandal,
moon, pearl,
(and) (even)
moon-stone
such
(to a) person satisfaction
do not produce
bring about
as
(and) endowed
with meaning
beneficent,
[(Hida)Adj.(Madhura)Adj.
sweet
(Mida)
limited
(Vayaṇa) 1/1]the words (which are)
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
Page #172
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
7. Evam
Jam Jam
Passadi
Davvam
Ahilasadi
Pāvidum
Tam Tam
Savva
jagen
Vi
Jivo
Lobhaiṭṭho
Na Tippedi
8. Jaha
Māruo
Pavadḍhai
Khaneṇa
Vittharai
Abbhayam
Ca
Jahā
Jivassa
Tahā
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
(Ja) 2/1 Pro.Adj.
(Passa) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Davva) 2/1
(Ahilasa) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Pāva) Inf.
(Ta) 2/1 Pro.
[(Savva) Pro. -
(Jaga) 3/1]
Ind.
(Jiva) 1/1 [(Lobha)+(Āittho)] [(Lobha).
(Aiṭṭha) 1/1 Adj.]
Ind. (Tippa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
(Mărua) 1/1
(Pavaddha) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Adv.
(Vitthara) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
Ind.
(Abbha) 'Ya' Rim. 1/1
Thus
anyone
sees
thing
(he) desires
(to) possess
that
(with the) whole world
on greed
(A man) dependent
does not
feel satisfied
even
a man
Just as
(the) air
increases
instantly
spreads
(the) cloud
and
just as
(Jiva) 6/1 (of a) human being
Ind.
similarly
153
Page #173
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lobho
Mando
Vi
Khaneṇa
Vittharai
9. Lobhe
Ya
Vaḍdhide
Puna
Kajjäkajjam
Naro
Na
Cintedi
To
Appano
Vi
Maraṇam
Agaṇinto
Sähasaṁ
Kunadi
10. Gantha
ccão
Indiya
154
(Lobha) 1/1
(Manda) 1/1 Adj.
Ind.
(Khana) Adv.
(Vitthara) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Lobha) 7/1
Ind.
(Vaddha) PAP. 7/1
Ind. [(Kajja)+(Akajjam)] [(Kajja)
(Akajja) 2/1]
(Nara) 1/1
Ind.
(Cinta) PT. 3/1 Tr.
[(Gantha)
(Ccǎa) 1/1] [(Indiya)
greed
(the) mild
even
instantly
increases
greed
And
(in) increased
again
duty
(and) non-duty
Ind.
(and) then
(Appana) 1/1 Adj.
his own
Ind.
even
(Maraṇa) 2/1
death
(Agani) PP. 1/1
without considering
(Sahasa) 2/1 (any) formidable crime
(Kuna) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(He) commits
a man
does not
think of
(of) possession (the) renunciation
(is useful) (the) senses
Präkṛta Prose and Verse
Page #174
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
ņivärane Ankuso
Va
(Nivāraṇa) 7/1] (in) restraining (Ankusa) 1/1 (there is an) iron hook Ind.
Just as (Hatthi) 4/1 for (controlling)
the elephant
Hatthissa
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Nayarassa
(Nayara) 4/1
for (the protection of)
the city (there is the) moat
so also
Khãiyā
Vi
and
Ya Indiyagutti
(Khăiyā) 1/1
Ind.
Ind. ((Indiya). (Gutti) 1/1] (Asangatta) 1/1
(of) senses (the) restraint
is (no doubt) non- attachment
Asangattaṁ
Ind.
see
11.Na
does not Gune
(Guna) 2/2 (An angry man)
(the) virtues (of others) Pecchadi (Peccha) PT.3/1 Tr. Avavadadi (Avavada) PT.3/1 Tr. (He) disparages Gune
(Guna) 2/2 the virtues (of others) Jampadi (Jampa) PT.3/1 Tr.
(He) talks Ajampi- (Ajampa) OPP. 1/1(that which is) not fit davvar
(to be) talked Ca
Ind.
and
Rosena Ruddahidao
(Rosa) 3/1 [(Rudda) Adj. -
(Because of) anger
(of) raging
155
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #175
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nāragasilo Naro Hodi
(Hidaa) 1/1) (Nāragasila) 1/1 Adj.
(Nara) 1/1 (Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
nature infernal the man
is
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
is
12. Māņi
Visso Savvassa Hodi Kalaha bhayaveradukkhăņi
(Māņi) 1/1 (An) egoistic (person)
(Vissa) 1/1 poison (filled with ill-will) (Savva) 4/1 Pro.
(for) all (Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
[(Kalaha)- (He) meets with strife (Bhaya)
fear (Vera)
enmity (Dukkha) 2/2 ) and sufferings
(Duk
Pavadi Māņi
(Pāva) PT.3/1 Tr.
(Māni) 1/1
meets with (Again) an egoistic
(person)
certainly (in) this (world) in the next world
Niyadań
Iha
Paraloe
Ind.
Ind. (Paraloa) 7/1
Ind. (Avamāna) 2/1
Ya
and
Avamānam
dishonour
13.Sayaṇassa
Jaņassa
Pio Naro
(Sayaņa) 6/1Adj.
(Jaņa) 6/1 (Pia) 1/1 Adj.
(Nara) 1/1 (Amani) 1/1 Adj.
among relatives (and) non-relatives
loving (The) person without ego
Amāņi
Pråkrta Prose and Verse
156
Page #176
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
always
Sadā Havadi Loe
Ind. (Hava) PT.3/1 Intr.
(Loa) 7/1
is
(in the) world
knowledge
honour
and
Nānam Jasaṁ Ca Atthaṁ Labhadi Sakajjar Ca : Sāhedi
(Nāņa) 2/1 (Jasa) 2/1
Ind. (Attha) 2/1 (Labha) PT.3/1 Tr. (Sakajja) 2/1
Ind. (Sáha) PT.3/1 Tr.
wealth (He) obtains his own task
and accomplishes
14. Vijjūva
(Vijju) 1/1 (the) lightening (Va) Ind.
like Cañcalāiṁ (Cañcala) 1/2 Adj. (which are) unsteady Dittha- [(Ditha) PAP. Irre.- (have been)apprehended Paņatthāiṁ (Paņaţtha) PAP.1/2 Irre.) (as) vanished Savva- [(Savva)Pro. Adj. All the (worldly) sokkhäim . (Sokkha)1/2]
pleasures
Jalabubbudo
Vva
[(Jala). (bubbuda) 1/1)
Ind. (Adhuva) 1/2 Adj. (Hu) PT.3/2 Intr. (Savva) 1/2 Adj.
(Thāņa) 1/2
(of) water (the) bubble
like impermanent
are
Adhuvāni Hunti Savvāni Thāņāņi
All
(the) places
-------------
Prāksta Prose and Verse
157
Page #177
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
15. Rattim
Egammi Dume Sauņāņam Piņdanaṁ
(Ratti) 2/1 (Ega) 7/1 Adj. (Duma) 7/1 (Sauna) 6/2 (Pindana) 1/1
Ind. (Sañjoga) 1/1
at night (on) any one
tree (of) birds (gathering)
(the) group
like
Sañjogo
(are) a coincidence
Pariveso
(Parivesa) 1/1 ring of light around
the sun or the moon Va Ind.
like Anicco
(Aņicca) 1/1 (They are) transient Issariyāņā. [(Issariya)+(Āņā)+ dhāņāroggaṁ (Dhāna)+(Aroggaṁ)] [(Issariya)
Property (Āņā)
order (Dhāņa).
foodstuff (Ārogga) 1/1] (and) health
16. Indiyasāmaggi
[(Indiya)(Sāmaggi) 1/1)
Ind. (Aņicca) 1/1Adj.
(Sañjha) 1/1
Vi Aniccă Sañjha Va Hoi Jivāņam
(the) sensuous possession
even transient (the) evenings
like
Ind.
is
(Ho) PT.3/1 Intr.
(Jiva) 6/2
(of) persons
158
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #178
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
midday
like (of) men
Majjhanhaṁ (Majjhaṇha) 1/1 Va
Ind. Ņarāņaṁ
(Nara) 6/2 Jovvanam- [(Jovvanaṁ)+ aņavatthidaṁ (Anavasthidaṁ)]
Jovvanaṁ (Jovvana) 1/1 Anavasthidam (Anavattha)
PAP. 1/1 Loe
(Loa) 7/1
(and) youth (is) unsteady
(In the) world
----
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(Canda) 1/1 (Hiņa) 1/1 Adj.
Ind.
17. Cando
Hino Va Puno Vaddhadi Edi
(The) moon diminishes
and
again increases
Ind. (Vaddha) PT.3/1Intr.. (E) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Udu) 1/1 (Adida) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ya
comes
and
season passed away
Udū Adido
Vi
Ind.
again
Nadu
[(Na)+(Du)] Na (Ind.)
Du (Ind.) (Jovvana) 1/1 (Niyatta) PT. 3/1 Intr.
does not
But youth return
Jovvanaṁ Niyattai
Prakrta Prose and Verse
159
Page #179
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nadijalagada-[(Nadi)+(Jala)+(Gada)+
160
chiddam
Ceva
18. Himanicao
Vi
Va
Ind.
Ind.
Gihasayan
[(Giha)+(Sayaṇa)+
äsaṇabhaṇḍāni (Asaṇa)+(Bhaṇḍāni)]
Honti Adhuvani
Jasakitti
Vi
Aniccā
Loe
rāgo
(Chiddam) ]
[(Nadi)
(Jala)
(Gada)
(Chidda) 2/1]
Ind.
Vva
[(Hima)
(Nicaa) 1/1]
[(Giha)
(Sayaṇa)(Asaṇa)
Sañjjhabbha- [(Sañjjha)+(Abbha)+
(Rago)]
[(Sañjjha)(Abbha)
(Raga) 1/1] Ind.
(Bhanda) 1/2]
(Ho) PT. 3/2 Intr. (Adhuva) 1/2 Adj.
[(Jasa)-(Kitti)) 1/1]
Ind.
Fem.
(Anicca Anicca) 1/1
(Loa) 7/1
(of) river
(flow of) water
gone (into the)
(a) small fish
like
ice-pieces
(the) collection (of)
also
like
houses
beds
seats
(and) utensils
are
transient
honour and fame
Even
(are) transient
(In the) world
in the evening
of the sky
(the) redness
like
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #180
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
19.Jhåņam
Kasāyarogesu Hodi Vejjo Tigichade Kusalo
(Jhāņa) 1/1
meditation [(Kasāya). (similarly) of passions
(Roga) 7/2] (in the) diseases (Ho) PT. 3/1 Intr. : becomes (Vejja) 1/1
doctor (Tigicha) PT. 3/1 Tr. who does therapy
(Kusala) 1/1 Adj. (an) expert ------------------ (Roga) 7/2
in the diseases Ind.
Just as (Vejja) 1/1
a doctor (Purisa) 6/1
(of) a person (Tigichaa) 1/1
therapist (Kusala) 1/1 Adj. (is) an expert
--------------
Rogesu Jaha Vejjo Purisassa Tigichao Kusalo
------------
20.Jhāņam
Visayachuhặe Ya Hoi Annam Jahā Chuháe Vā
(Jhāņa) 1/1 (there is) meditation [(Visaya).
(of) sensuality (Chuhā) 7/1]
in the hunger Ind.
and (Ho) PT. 3/1 Intr.
becomes (Anna) 1/1 (there is) foodstuff Ind.
Just as (Chuhā) 7/1
(in) hunger Ind.
similarly
---------------
Jhāņam
(Jhāna) 1/1 Visayatiske [(Visaya) -
(Tisā) 7/1) Udayar Udayaṁ (Udaya) 1/1 Va
Ind. Tanhãe (Tanhā) 7/1
(there is) meditation
(of) sensuality (so also) in the thirst (there is) water
Just as (in) thirst
(Tanbal
annae
Praksta Prose and Verse
161
Page #181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
162
Amangaliyapurisassa Kaha
The story of an inauspicious man
1. Egammi
Nayare
Ego
Amangaliya- [(Amangaliya)
purisassa Kaha
So
Eriso
Atthi
Jo
Ko Vi
Pabhāyammi
Lesson-6
(Ega) 7/1 Adj.
(Nayara) 7/1
(Ega) 1/1 Adj
Amangalio ( Amangaliya) 1/1Adj. (Muddha) 1/1Adj.
Muddho
Puriso
(Purisa) 1/1
Asi
(Asa)PAT.3/1 Intr.
Tassa
Muham
Pāsei
So
Bhoyaṇam
Pi
Na
Lahejjä
(Purisa) 6/1]
(Kaha) 1/1
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Erisa) 1/1 Adj.
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Ja) 1/1 Pro.
(Ka) (Vi) 1/1 Pro. (Pabhāya) 7/1 (Ta) 6/1 Pro. (Muha) 2/1
(Pǎsa) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Bhoyana) 2/1
Ind.
Ind.
(Laha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
an inauspicious (of) man
(The) story
In a
city
an
inauspicious
foolish
man
(there) was
he
such
is was
who
anybody
in the morning
at his
face
looks
that
food
even
did not
get
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #182
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Paura
Vi
Paccūse Kayā Vi Na Tassa Muham Pikkhanti
(Paura) 1/2 Adj. (The) resident of city Ind.
also (Paccūsa) 7/1 in the morning Ind.
never (Ta) 6/1 Pro.
at his (Muha) 2/1
face (Pikkha) PT. 3/2 Tr.
looked
Naravaina Vi Amangaliya-
(Naravai) 3/1
Ind. ((Amangaliya).
by the king
also (the) concerning inauspicious
man The remark was heard
purisassa Vattā Suņia
(Purisa) 6/1]
(Vattā) 1/1 (Suna) PAP. 1/1
-----------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-
for testing by the king
Once in the morning
Parikkhatthaṁ ((Parikkhă)+(Atthaṁ)]
(Parikkhatthaṁ) Adv. Narindeņa (Narinda) 3/1 Egayā
Ind. Pabhayakāle [(Pabhāya)-(kāla)7/1] So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Ahủo (Āhua) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Tassa
(Ta) 6/1 Pro. Muham
(Muha) 1/1 Diţtham (Dittha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
he
was called
his
face was seen
-------
----------
Jaya
Ind. (Rāa) 1/1
When the king
Rāyā
Jai Prakrta Prose and Verse
www.jail 6 Brary.org
Page #183
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
put
Bhoyanattha-[(Bhoyana) +(Atthaṁ)+ muvavisai (Uvavisai)]
(Bhoyanatthaṁ) Adv. for taking food Uvavisai ((Uvavisa) PT.3/1 Intr. sit +sat Kavalam
(Kavala) 2/1 the morsel of food Ca Ind.
and Muhe (Muha) 7/1
in his mouth Pakkhivai (Pakkhiva) PT.3/1 Tr. Tayā Ind.
there Ahilammi (Ahila) 7/1 Adj.
whole Nayare (Nayara) 7/1
in the city Akamhä
Ind.
all of a sudden Paracakka- [(Paracakka)- (of) attack by the enemy bhaeņa (Bhaya) 3/1] on account of
the fear Halabolo (Halabola) 1/1
a noise Jão (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
occurred
Then
Tayā Naravai
Vi
Bhoyanam Ciccā Sahasā Utthāya Saseņņo Nayarão Bahim
Ind. (Naravai) 1/1
(the) king Ind.
even (Bhoyaņa) 2/1
(the) food (Cicca) Abs. Irre.
having left Ind.
immediately (Uttha → Uttha) Abs. (and) having got up [(Sa) Adj.
with (Senna) 1/1]
(an) army (Nayara) 5/1
(the) city Ind.
outside
164
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #184
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Niggao
2. Bhaya
kāraṇamadatthūna
Puno
Paccha
Āgao
Samāno
Narindo
Cintei
Assa
Sarūvaṁ
Mae
Paccakkham
Dittham
(Samāṇa) 1/1 Adj.
(Narinda) 1/1
(Cinta) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Ima) 6/1 Pro.Adj.
Amangaliyassa (Amangaliya) 6/1 Adj.
Tao
Eso
(Niggaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Evam
[(Bhaya)+(Kāraṇaṁ) +(Adaṭṭhūna)]
[(Bhaya)
Präkrta Prose and Verse
(Kāraṇa) 2/1]
[(A)- (Daṭṭhūnṇa)]
(A) Ind.
(Datthúna) Abs. Irre.
Ind.
Ind.
(Āgaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Sarūva) 1/1
(Amha) 3/1 Pro.
(Paccakkha) 1/1
(Dittha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
went
any danger because of
Ind.
(Eta) 1/1 Pro.
Hantavvo (Hantavva) OPP. 1/1 Irre. should be killed
not
having seen
again
back
(He) came
(The) egoistic
king
thought
of this
inauspicious
(man)
(the) nature
by me directly witnessed
(has now been)
SO
he
in this way
165
Page #185
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Cintiūna Amangaliyam
Bollāviūna
(Cinta) Abs. Having thought (Amangaliya) 2/1 (the) inauspicious
(man) (Bolla) Cau. Abs. (and) having been
called [(Vaha)+(Atthaṁ)] (Vahatthaṁ) Adv.
for killing (Candāla) 4/1
to an outcaste (Appa) PT. 3/1 Tr. the king handed over
Vahattham
Candālassa Appei
when
Eso
Saha
Jaya
Ind. (Eta) 1/1 Pro.
he Ruyanto (Rua) PP. 1/1
Weeping Sakammam [(Sa)-(Kamma) 2/1) his own action Nindanto (Ninda) PP. 1/1 (and) criticizing Candāleņa (Candāla) 3/1
(the) outcaste Ind.
with Gacchanto (Gaccha) PP. 1/1
going Atthi (Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
is was Tayā Ind.
then Ego
(Ega) 1/1 Adj. Kāruņio (Kāruņia) 1/1 Adj.
kind Buddhi[(Buddhi)
(and) nihāņo
(Nihāna) 1/1] an intelligent (person) Vahāiṁ (Vaha + Vaha → Vahai) 4/1
to kill Neijjantaṁ (Nea Neijja →Ņeijjanta) being carried
Pass. PP. 2/1 Anam (Āņa) 2/1 Adv.
by order Tam (Ta) 2/1 Pro.
him
one
166
Práksta Prose and Verse
Page #186
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Daţthūņam Kāranaṁ Nacca
Tassa
Rakkhaņāya Kaņņe Kimpi Kahiūna Uvayam Daṁsei
(Datthūņa) Abs. Irre. having seen (Kāraṇa) 2/1
(its) reason (Naccă ) Abs. Irre. having understood (Ta) 6/1 Pro.
his (Rakkhana) 4/1 for protection (Kanna) 7/1
in the ear Ind.
(and) something (Kaha) Abs. having spoken (Uvāya) 2/1
method (Dassa) PT. 3/1 Tr. showed (him)
--------...--
Harisanto (Harisa) PP. 1/1
Rejoicing
(he went on) Jaya Ind.
when Vaha[(Vaha)
of killing tthambhe (Tthambha) 7/1] on the pillar Thavio (Thava) PAP. 1/1
he was
made to stand Tayā Ind.
then Candālo (Candāla) 1/1
(the) outcaste Tam (Ta) 2/1 Pro.
him Pucchai (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
asked Jivanam
(Jivaņa) 2/1 (the protection) of life Vină Ind.
except (Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
(If) you Kāvi (Kā) 1/1 Pro. Adj. (vi) Ind.
any Iccha (Icchā) 1/1
desire Siya Ind.
have Taya Ind.
then (it) Maggiyavvaṁ (Magga) OPP. 1/1 should be demanded
Tava
-
-
-
-
-
-
Prakrta Prose and Verse
167
Page #187
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
He said my
So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Kahei
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr. Majjha (Amha) 6/1 Pro. Narindamuha-[(Narinda)+(Muha)+ daṁsaņecchā (Daṁsaņa)+(Iccha)]
((Narinda).
(Muha). (Daṁsaņa)
(Icchā) 1/1] Atthi
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind. So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Narinda-((Narinda)+(Samivaṁ)+(Anio)] samivam
[(Narinda)ānio
(Samīva) 1/1] Āņio (Āņi) PAP. 1/1
(of the) king (the) face (to) see desire
is
Taya
Then
he
(the) king
near was brought
Narindo Tam Pucchai Kimettha
(The) king
him asked
(Narinda) 1/1
(Ta) 2/1 Pro. (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
[(Kim)+(Etha) Kim (Kim) 1/1 Pro.
Ettha (Ind.) [(Agamaña)(Paoyana) 1/1]
Agamaņapaoyanaṁ
what
here (of your) coming (is the) purpose
3. So
Kahei He Narinda
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Narinda ) 8/1
He
said Oh King!
168
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #188
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Paccuse
Mama
Muhassa
Damsaṇena
Bhoyaṇam
Parantu
Tumhāṇaṁ
Muha
Na
Ind.
Labbhai (Labbhai) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Irre.
pekkhanena
Mama
Vaho
Bhavissai
Tayā
Paurā
Kim
Kahissanti
Mama
Muhão
(Paccusa) 7/1
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Muha) 6/1
(Damsana) 3/1
(Bhoyana) 1/1
Phalyam
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
(Tumha) 6/2
[(Muha)
(Pekkhana) 3/1]
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Vaha) 1/1
(Bhava) Fu. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
(Paura) 1/2
(Kim) 1/1 Pro.
(Kaha) Fu. 3/2 Tr.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro. (Muha) 5/1
Kerisaphalayam[(Kerisa)-(Phalayam)]
[(Kerisa) Adj.
(Phala) 'Ya' Rim. 2/11
in the morning
my
face
by seeing
food
(was) not
my
with (seeing) face when compared
Sirimantāṇam (Sirimanta) 6/2 of an illustrious Person Muha damsanaṁ[(Muha)-(Daṁsaṇa) 1/1]
the face Seeing
obtaind
(by you)
but
your
face
by seeing
my
killing
(there) shall be
Then
(the) residents of
(the city) What
will express
what (horrible)
consequence
169
Page #189
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sañjāaṁ
(Sañjāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
has been
produced (the) residents
Nāyara
(Nayara) 1/2
of the city
your
Vi Pabhãe Tumhāņam Muhaṁ Kaham Pasihire
Ind.
even (Pabhaa) 7/1 in the morning (Tumha) 6/2 Pro. (Muha) 2/1
face Ind. (If this is the case) how (Pāsa) Fu. 3/2 Tr. will look at
---------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Evam Ind.
In this way Tassa (Ta) 6/1 Pro.
his Vayaņajuttie [(Vayana).
(of) expression (Jutti) 3/1] by the argument Santuţtho (Santuţtha) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (was) satisfied Narindo (Narinda) 1/1
the king Vahãesaṁ ((Vaha)+(Aesaṁ)] [(Vaha)
(for his) killing (Aesa) 2/1]
(the) order Nisehiūnam (Niseha) Abs. Having nullified Päritosiam (Päritosia) 2/1 awarded (him) Ca
and Dacca (Dacca) Abs. Irre.
having
(the king rejoiced) Tam (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(By this) that Amangaliyam(Amangaliya) 1/1 Adj. inauspicious
(man also) Santosia (Santosa) PAT. 3/1 Intr. was satisfied
Ind.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
170
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #190
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson - 7 Viusie Puttabahue Kahāṇagań Story of a Learned Daughter-in-law
Viusie Puttabahủe
of a learned Daughter-in-law
(Viusi) 6/1 Adj.
[(Putta). (Bahú) 6/1) (Kahāņaga) 1/1
Kahäņagaṁ
Story
1. Kammi
(Ka) 7/1 Pro. Nayare
(Nayara) 7/1 Lacchidāso (Lacchidāsa) 1/1 Setthi
(Setthi) 1/1Adj. Varivattai [(Vari) (Ind.)
Vațțai(Vațța) PT. 3/1 Intr.)
In a certain
city Laxmidasa
affluent
well
lived
So
Bahu - dhanasampattie Gavvittho Asi
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
he [(Bahu) Adj. (Because of) much (Dhana)
wealth (and) (Sampatti) 3/1)
prosperity (Gavvittha) 1/1 Adj. (very much) haughty (Asa) PAT. 3/1 Intr.
is was
Bhoga
Ind.
vilāsesu Eva Laggo Kayavi Na Dhammam
[(Bhoga).
to sensual (Vilăsa) 7/2]
pleasures
also (Lagga) PAP. 1/1 Irre. He was attached Ind.
(and) never (Dhamma) 2/1 religious (activities)
Praksta Prose and Verse
171
Page #191
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kunei
Tassa
Putto
Vi
Eyǎriso
Atthi
Jovvane
(Jovvana) 7/1 (Piu) 3/1
Piunā Dhammiassa (Dhammia) 6/1 Adj. Dhammadāsassa (Dhammadāsa) 6/1 Jahattha- (Jahatthanama) 3/1
nāmāe
Silavaie
Kannåe
Saha
Puttassa
Kārāviyaṁ
(Kuna) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Să
Kannȧ
Jaya
Aṭṭha
vāsā
Jāyā
Tayā
Tie
Piu
(Ta) 6/1 Pro.
(Putta) 1/1
Ind.
(Eyarisa) 1/1 Adj.
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Silavai) 3/1
(Kanna) 3/1
Ind.
Pāniggahanam (Pāṇiggahaṇa) 1/1
(Putta) 6/1
(Kara) Cau. PAP.1/1
172
(Tā) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
(Kannā) 1/1
Ind.
[(Attha) -
(Vāsa) 1/1]
(Jā) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Ti) 3/1 Pro. [(Piu)
performed
(having the quality)
expressed by his name
the virtuous daughter with
His
son
also
like him
was
(In) youth
by the father (of)religious Dharmadasa
to marry (the) son
was caused
(so) she the daughter
When
eight
years (old)
was
then
by her
(of her) father
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #192
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
peraņāe (Peranā) 3/1] and (with the)
inspiration Sāhuņi
[(Sāhuņi)- (of) (a) woman saint sagāsão (Sagasa) 5/1]
by her (in)
the direction Savvaņņa- [(Savvanna). (of the) omniscient dhamma- (Dhamma)- (to) (the) religion
(on) account savaņeņa (Savana) 3/1] (of) listening Sammatta (Sammatta) 1/1
right faith Aņuvvayāiṁ (Aņuvvaya) 1/2
Anuvratas
(Partial vows) Ya Ind.
and Gahiyāiṁ (Gahiya) PAP. 1/2 Irre. (were) adopted Savvaņņa- [(Savvanna). (of the) omniscient dhamme (Dhamma) 7/1] (in the) religion Aiva Ind.
very
Niuņā
Fem. (Niuņa → Niuņā ) 1/1
expert
Fem.
Sañjāá
(Sañjāa → Sañjāā) 1/1
became
------
Sa
2. Jaya Ind.
When (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
she Sasura
[(Sasura). (of) (the) father-in-law gehe (Geha) 7/1]
to the house Fem. Agayă (Agaya → Agayā) PAP. 1/1 Irre. came Tayā
then
Ind.
Prāksta Prose and Verse
173
Page #193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sasurâim [(Sasura)+(Aim)]
(the) [(Sasur)-(Āi) 2/1] father-in-law etc. Dhammão (Dhamma) 5/1
(to) religion Vimuham (Vimuha) 2/1 Adj.
opposed Dasthūņa (Datthūņa) Abs. Irre. having seen (Ti) 3/1 Pro.
by her Bahuduhaṁ[(Bahu) Adj. (Duha) 1/1] much sorrow Sañjāyaṁ (Sañjāya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. was felt
Tie
-----------
How
my
Kaham
Ind. Mama (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Niyavayassa ((Niya)-(Vaya) 6/1] Nivvāho (Nivvāha) 1/1 Hojja
(Ho) Fu. 3/1 Intr.
own vows observation will take place
how
Or
Kaham
Vā Devaguru- vimuhāņaṁ Sasurăiņań
to Deva-Guru
opposed
(for the) father-in-law etc.
Dhamm- ovaeso
Ind.
Ind. [(Deva)-(Guru). (Vimuha) 4/2 Adj.]
[(Sasura)+(Āi)] [(Sasur)-(Āi) 4/2] [(Dhamma)+(Uvaeso)]
[(Dhamma).
(Uvaesa) 1/1) (Bhava) Fu. 3/1 Intr.
Ind. (Tā) 1/1 Pro. (Viyāra) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Bhavejjā Evam Sa Viyarei
(of) religion (there) teaching
will be In this way
she ponders
174
Práksta Prose and Verse
Page #194
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
3. Egaya Saṁsāro Asāro
Ind. (Saṁsāra) 1/1
(Asāra) 1/1
Singularly
(The) world (is) insubstantial
Lacchi Vi
(Lacchi) 1/1
Ind.
(the) wealth
also
Fe.
Vi
Ego
Asārā (Asāra → Asără ) 1/1 (is) insubstantial Deho (Deha) 1/1
(the) body Ind.
also Viņassaro (Viņassara) 1/1 (is) perishable (Ega) 1/1 Adj.
only Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1
religion Cciya Ind.
for certain Paraloga- [(Paraloga)- (to) (the other) world pavannāņaṁ (Pavanna) 4/2 Adj.)
resorting Jivāņam- [(Jivāņaṁ)+(Ahāru) āhāru Jivāņam (Jiva) 4/2
for souls Ahāru (Ahāra) 1/1 is (the) support Tti
In this way Uvaesa[(Uvaesa)
of instruction dāņeņa (Dāņa) 3/1]
lowing to the)
impartment Niya((Niya)
her own bhatta (Bhattu) 1/1]
husband Savvaņņa- [(Savvaņņa). (of) (the) omniscient dhammeņa (Dhamma) 3/1] (to) (the) religion Vásio (Vása) PAP. 1/1
transformed Као
(Kaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
was
Prāksta Prose and Verse
175
Page #195
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ind.
Evam Sāsūmavi
in this way [(Sāsūṁ)+(Avi)] Sāsuṁ (Sāsū) 2/1 (her) mother-in-law Avi (Ind.)
also [(Kāla)+(Antare)] [(Kāla).
some time (Antara) 7/1)
After (Boha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (she) instructs
Kālantare
Bohei
(Boha)
---
Sasuram Padibohiuṁ Sa Samayaṁ Maggei
(Sasura) 2/1 (Padiboha) Inf.
(Tā) 1/1 (Samaya) 2/1 (Magga) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(the) father-in-law for instructing (Now ) she
time searches
------
--------
4. Egayā Ind.
Once Tie (Ti) 6/1 Pro.
her Ghare (Ghara) 7/1
in house Samaņaguņa- [(Samana)+(Guņa)gaņālankio (Gaņa)+(Alankio)] [(Samana).
Śramaņika (Guņa)
of characteristics (Gaña)
clusters (Alankia) PAP. 1/1 Irre.] adorned (with) Mahavvai (Mahavvai) 1/1 Adj. (of) great vows
(and observer) Nāņi
(Nāņi) 1/1 Adj. (who was) wise Jovvanattho [(Jovvana) -
(in) youth (Ttha) 1/1 Adj.]
(was) fixed
176
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #196
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
one
saint
Ego
(Ega) 1/1 Adj. Sāhū
(Sāhu) 1/1 Bhikkhattham[(Bhikkha)+(Attham)
[(Bhikkha)
(Attha) Adv.] Samāgao (Samăgaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
begging food
for
came
------
just
Vows
Jovvane (Jovvana) 7/1
in youth Vi
Ind. Gahiya- [(Gahiya) PAP. Irre. who has adopted vayam
(Vaya) 2/1) Santam (Santa) 2/1 Adj. (the) peaceful Dantam
(Danta) 2/1Adj. (and) dispassionate Sāhum (Şâhu) 2/1
· saint Gharammi (Ghara) 7/1
in the house Āgayaṁ (Agaya) PAP. 2/1 Irre.
arrived Datthūņa (Datthūņa) Abs. Irre. Having seen Ahäre (Ahāra) 7/1
food Vijjamāne (Vijja) PP. 7/1 (at the time of
his) presenting Vi
Ind. (Ti) 3/1 Pro.
by her Viyāriyaṁ (Viyāra) PAP. 1/1 (it) was thought Jovvane (Jovvana) 7/1
in youth Mahavvayaṁ (Mahavvaya) 1/1 of great vows
(that) observance ) Mahadullahaṁ(Mahadullaha) 1/1 (is) very difficult Kaham
Ind. Eeņa (Eta) 3/1 Pro.
by him Eyammi (Eta) 7/1 Pro. Adj.
this
even
Tie
how
177
Prāksta Prose and Verse
Page #197
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jovvaṇattaņe[(Jovvaņa)-(Ttana)7/1] In youthfulness
(the great vows) Gahiyaṁ (Gahiya) PAP. Irre. have been observed
---------------------------------
Ti
Ind.
in this way Parikkhatthaṁ ((Parikkhā)+(Atthaṁ)]
(Parikkhatthaṁ) Adv. for testing Samassae (Samassā) 6/1 (to the) problem
(The answer) Putthaṁ (Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (was) enquired Ahuņā
Ind. (the problem is) at present Samao (Samaa) 1/1
time Na Sañjão (Sañjāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre. there has come up Kim
Ind. Puvvam
Ind. (of the world) before (time) Niggayā (Nigga) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (have you) come out
Ind.
no
why
(in) her
mind
aroused (the) thought Having known
by the saint
Tie Hiyayagayabhāvar Nāūņa Sāhuņa Uttar Samayanānam Kaya Maccü Hossai
(Ti) 6/1 Pro. [(Hiyaya)
(Gaya)(Bhāva) 2/1]
(Na) Abs.
(Sāhu) 3/1 (Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
[(Samaya). (Nāņa) 1/1) :
Ind. (Maccu) 1/1 (Ho) Fu. 3/1 Intr.
said
time Knowledge (is)
when
death (there) will be
178
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #198
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Tti Natthi Nānań
Tena
Ind.
Ind.
this Ind.
nobody (Nāņa) 1/1
knows
Therefore (Samaya) 2/1
time Ind.
without (Nigga) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (1) (have) come out
(of the world)
Samayam
Vinā Niggao
--------
Sa Uttaram Náūņa Tuttha
(Tā) 1/1 Pro.
she (Uttara) 2/1
the reply (Nă) Abs. Having understood (Tuttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre. was satisfied
Muņiņā Vi Sa Putthā
(Muni) 3/1
Ind. (Tā) 1/1 Pro. (Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
by the saint
also
She was asked
How many
years
Kai Varisă Tumha Sañjāyā
(Kai) 1/2 Adj.
(Varisa) 1/2 (Tumha) 1/1 Pro. (Sañjāya) PAP. 1/2 Irre.
you
have passed away
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Muņissa Pucchabhāvam Náūņa Visavāsesu
(Muņi) 6/1
(of) (the) saint's [(Pucchă)
question (Bhava) 2/1] (the) meaning
(Nā) Abs. Having understood [(Visa)-(Vāsa) 7/2] twenty years
Praksta Prose and Verse
179 www.jathélibrary.org
Page #199
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jäesu
Vi
Tie
Bārasavāsa
Tti
Uttam
Punaravi
Te
Sāmissa
Kai
Vāsā
Jāta
Tti
Puttham
Tie
Piyassa
Panavisa
vāsesu
Jäesu
Vi
Pañcavāsā
Uttā
Evam
Sāsüe
Chammāsā
Kahiyā
180
(Jaa) PAP. 7/2 Irre.
Ind.
(Ti) 3/1 Pro.
[(Bārasa)-(Vāsa) 1/1]
Ind.
(Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
(Sami) 6/1Pro.
(Kai) 1/2 Adj.
(Vāsa) 1/2
(Jäta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Ti) 3/1 Pro.
(Piya) 6/1
[(Panavisa)
Ind. [(Pañca)-(Vāsa) 1/2]
(Utta) PAP. 1/2 Irre.
Ind.
on having passed away
even
by her
twelve years
It
was told
Again
your husband
how many
years
has passed
This
was asked
(Vāsa) 7/2]
years
(Jāa) PAP. 7/2 Irre. (of birth) on having
passed away
even
by her
by the dearest
twenty five
Five years
(It) was told
In this way
(Sāsu) 4/1 for (the) mother-in-law
(Chammāsa) 1/2
six month
(Kaha) PAP. 1/2
were told
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sasurassa (Sasura) 4/1 (the) father-in-law Pucchãe (Pucchă) 7/1 (On) asking (about) So (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
He Ahuņa Ind.
yet Na Ind.
not Uppaņņo (Uppanna) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Atthi (Asa) PT.3/1 Intr.
Ind. Bhania (Bhaņa) PAP. 1/2 was told (by her)
born
is
Ti
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5. Evam · Ind.
In this way Vahu - Sāhūņaṁ ((Vahu)- (the) daughter-in-law
(Sāhu) 6/1](between) (the) saint and Vattā
(Vattā) 1/1 (the) conversation Anta((Anta)
inside tthiena (Tțhia) PAP. 3/1 Irre.)
situated Sasureņa (Sasura) 3/1 by the father-in-law
(Sua) PAP. 1/1 Irre. was heard
Suā
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Laddha- bhikkhe Sāhummi Gae
getting
food (When) the saint went away (after)
SO
he
((Laddha) PAP. Irre. (Bhikkha) 7/1]
(Sāhu) 7/1 (Gaa) PAP. 7/1 Irre. (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind. [(Kohā).
(Āula) 1/1) (Sañjāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
Aiva
very much (due) (to) anger
disturbed
Kohāulo Sañjāo Jao
got
because
Prāksta Prose and Verse
181
Page #201
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Puttavahu
Mam
[(Putta)-(Vahū) 1/1)
(Amha) 2/1 Pro. (Uddissa ) Abs. Irre.
Uddissa Na Jão
Ind.
son's wife
(to) me having alluded
not (I am) (yet) born
in this way
Iti
(Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind. (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Kahei
says
-
-
-
-
-
sulked (and)
Ruttho So Puttassa
He
(this to) (his) son
Kahan
(Ruttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Putta) 4/1 ((Kahana)+(Atthaṁ)]
[(Kahaņa)(Attha) Adv.]
(Hatta) 2/1 (Gaccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
attham
telling
for
Hattas Gacchai
(to the) shop
went
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Gacchantam
Sasuram Så Vaei Bhottūņaṁ He Sasura Tum Gacchasu
(Gaccha) PP. 2/1 While going
(to the shop) (Sasura) 2/1 (the) father-in-law (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
she (Vaya) PT. 3/1 Tr.
tells (Bhottūņam) Abs. Irre. having taken meals
(Sasura) 8/1 Oh father-in-law ! (Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
you (Gaccha) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
go
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sasuro Kahei Jai
(Sasura) 1/1 (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Ind.
(The) father-in-law
says
If
182
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #202
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ham
Na
Jão
Mhi
Tayā
Kaham
Bhoyaṇam
Cavvemi
Bhakkhemi
la
Kahiūna
Haṭṭe
Gao
Puttassa
Savvam
Vuttantam
Kahei
Tava
Patti
Durāyārā
Asabbha
vayaṇā
Atthi
Ao
Tam
Gihão
Nikkāsaya
Prakrta Prose and Verse
(Amha) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
Ind.
(Bhoyaṇa) 2/1
(Cavva) PT. 1/1 Tr.
(Bhakkha) PT. 1/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Kaha) Abs.
(Haṭṭa) 7/1
(Gaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Putta) 4/1
(Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
(Vuttanta) 2/1
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
(Patti) 1/1
(Durāyāra) 1/1 Adj. [(Asabbha) -
(Vayana) 1/1 Adj.]
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ind.
(Ta) 2/1 Pro.
(Giha) 5/1
(Nikkasa)
Irre. Cau. Imp. 2/1 Tr.
1
not
born
am
then
how
food
(I) (will) chew and
eat
in this way
Having said
(to the) shop (he) went
(to the) son
the total
conversation
(He) conveys
your
wife
wicked
(and a) rude
talker
is
SO
her
(of) (the) house
(you) turn out
183
Page #203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
6. So
Piuņā
Saha
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Piu) 3/1
Ind. (Geha) 7/1 (Agaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
He (his) father
with (to the) house
Gehe Agao
came
Ind.
Vahuṁ Pucchai Kim Māupiuņo Avamānam Kayaṁ
(Vahú) 2/1
(his) wife (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(He) asks
why [(Māu)-(Piu) 6/1 (of) the parents (Avamāņa) 1/1
insult (Kaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. was done (by you)
-
-
-
-
---------
Sähuņā Saha Vattāe Kim Asaccam- uttaram
(Sáhu) 3/1
Ind. (Vattā) 7/1
Ind. [(Asaccaṁ) +(Uttaraṁ)] Asaccaṁ(Asacca) 1/1 Uttara (Uttara) 1/1 (Diņņa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(the) saint
with In conversation
why
improper
replies (were) given
Diņņaṁ
Tie Uttam Tumhe Muņiṁ Pucchaha So Savvaṁ Kahihii
(Ti) 3/1 Pro. (Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (Tumha) 1/2 Pro.
(Muņi) 2/1 (Puccha) Imp. 2/2 Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj. (Kaha) Fu. 3/1 Tr.
by her (It) was told you (yourself) (the) saint
ask
he
(you) everything
(wil) 1 tell
-------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
184
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #204
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sasuro
(Sasura) 1/1 (the) father-in-law Uvassae (Uvassaya) 7/1. to the residing place
of saint's Gantūņa (Gantūņa) Abs. Irre. Having gone Sāvamāņaṁ (Sa) +(Avamana)
(Sa) -(Avamāņa) 1/1 Adj. with disrespect Muņiṁ (Muņi) 2/1
(the) saint Pucchai (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
asks He Muņe (Muņi) 8/1
Oh Saint! Ajja
today Mama (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
my Gehe (Geha) 7/1
(to) house Bhikkhatthaṁ [(Bhikkha)+(Atthaṁ)]
(Bhikkhatthaṁ) Adv. for begging food Tumhe (Tumha) 1/2 Pro.
you Kim Ind.
why Agayā (Agaya) PAP. 1/2 Irre. (did) come
Ind.
-
-
-
-
------
(Muni) 1/1 (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Tumha) 6/2 Pro.
(Ghara) 2/1
Muņi Kahei Tumhāņa Gharam Na Jāņāmi Tumaṁ Kuttha Vasasi
(The) saint
said your house do not (1) know
Ind.
(Jāņa) PT. 1/1 Tr. (Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
Ind. (Vasa) PT. 2/1 Intr.
you
where (do) live
------
Setthi
(Setthi) 1/1
(The) affluent man
Praksta Prose and Verse
185
Page #205
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Viyărei Muņi Asaccaṁ Kahei
(Viyāra) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Muņi) 1/1
(Asacca) 2/1 (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
thinks (the) saint (the) untruth
speaks -----------------
Again (he) was asked
some
Punaravi Puttham Katthavi Gehe Bālāe Saha Vattă Kaya
Ind. (Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind. (Geha) 7/1 (Bālā) 3/1
Ind. (Vattā) 1/1 (Kaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(in) house (a) young lady
with conversation (did) you enter
(into)
did
Kim
Ind.
Muņi Kahei Sā Bālā Aiva Kusalā Tie Mama Vi Parikkha Kaya
(Muņi) 1/1 (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Tā) 1/1 Pro. Adj. (Bālā) 1/1
Ind. (Kusala) 1/1Adj. Fem.
(Ti)3/1 Pro. (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(The) saint
said
That young lady
very (is) wise by her
Ind.
also tasted
(Parikkhā) 1/1 (Kaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
was
by her
Tie Har
(Ti)3/1 Pro. (Amha)1/1 Pro.
186
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vutto Samayam Viņā Kaham Niggao
(Vutta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (Samaya) 2/1
Ind.
Ind. (Nigga) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(was) asked (proper) time
without
How have you
come out (of the world)
(Asa) PT. 2/1 Intr.
Mae
(Amha) 3/1 Pro. Uttaraṁ
(Uttara) 1/1 Dinnam (Dinna) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Samayassa (Samaya) 6/1 Marana
[(Maraña)samayassa (Samaya) 6/1) Nánaí
(Ņāņa) 1/1 Natthi
((Na)+(Atthi)]
Na (Ind.) not
Atthi (Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr. Teņa
Ind. Puvva
[(Puvva). vayammi (Vaya) 7/1)
(Nigga) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Mhi
(Asa) PT. 1/1 Intr.
by me The reply was given
of time (of) death
time knowledge
there no is
before (proper) age I have come out
(of the world)
Vi
by me
also
Mae
(Amha) 3/1 Pro.
Ind. Parikkhatthaṁ (Parikkha)+(Atthaṁ)]
(Parikkhattham) Adv. Savvesim (Savva) 6/2 Pro. Adj.
for testing
(of) all
Prāksta Prose and Verse
187
Page #207
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sasurāiņam
[(Sasura)+(Āi)]
[(Sasura). (the) father-in-law (Ai) 6/2]
etc. (Vāsa) 1/2
(the) age (Puttha) PAP. 1/2 Irre. was asked
Vāsāim Putthāim
-------
---------
by her
Tie Sammam Kahiyāim
(Ti) 3/1 Pro.
Ind. (Kaha) PAP. 1/2
Proper
replies were given
------
------------
Sethi Pucchai Sasuro Na Jão
(Seţthi) 1/1 (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Sasura) 1/1
Ind. (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind. (Ti) 3/1 Pro.
Ind. (Kaha) PAP. 1/1
(The) affluent man
asked (The) father-in-law
was not
born
this by her
why was told
Tie Kim
Kahiyaṁ
-------
Ind.
Muņiņā (Muņi) 3/1
by the saint Uttam (Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (It was) told Sa (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
She Ciya
too Pucchijjau (Puccha) Imp. Pass. 3/1 Tr. (should be) asked Jao Ind.
because Viusie
(Viusi) 3/1 Adj.. learned lady (Ti) 3/1 Pro. Adj.
by that Jahattho (Jahattha) 1/1 Adj
(the) real Bhāvo (Bhāva) 1/1
meaning
Tie
188
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #208
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Najjai
(Najjai) PT. Pass. 3/1 Tr. Irre.
(is) known
7. Sasuro
Gehaṁ Gaccă Puttavahum Pucchai Tie Muņissa Purao Kimevam
(Sasura) 1/1 (the) father-in-law (Geha) 2/1
(to the) house (Gaccā) Abs. Irre. Having gone
[(Putta)- (the) daughter-in-law
(Vahu) 2/1] (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
asks (Ti) 3/1 Pro.
by her (Muņi) 6/1
of the saint Ind.
(In the) presence [(Kim)+(Evaṁ)] Kim (Ind.)
why did Evam (Ind.)
(you) this (Vutta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (Amha) 6/1 Pro. (Sasura) 1/1
father-in-law (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
born
yet Ind.
(is) not
say
Vuttam Me Sasuro
My
Jão
Vi
Ind.
Na
by her
It was told Oh father-in-law!
of an
ous
Tie
(Ti) 3/1 Pro. Uttaṁ (Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. He Sasura (Sasura) 8/1 Dhammahīņa- [(Dhammahīņa). maņusassa (Maņusa) 6/1] Māņava
[(Māņava). bhavo
(Bhava) 1/1] Patto (Patta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
man
(the) human
birth having attained
Praksta Prose and Verse
189
Page #209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vi
Ind.
(is) just like Apatto (Apatta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (not) having
attained (it) Eva Ind.
certainly Jao Ind.
because Saddhamma- [(Saddhamma). (of a) true religion kiccehim (Kiccă) 3/2] (by the) observance Sahalo (Sahala) 1/1 Adj.
fruitful Bhavo
(Bhava) 1/1 (the) human birth Na Ind.
not Kao
(Kaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre. has been made (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
So Maņusa[(Maņusa)
human bhavo (Bhava) 1/1)
birth Nipphalo (Nipphala) 1/1 Adj. (is) unfruitful Ciya Ind.
such
So
Tao Ind.
By reason Tumha (Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
your Jivanaṁ (Jivana) 1/1
life Pi Ind.
(of) that Dhammahiņam(Dhammahiņa) 1/1 devoid of religion Savvam (Savva) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
whole Gayaṁ (Gaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. has passed away
-----
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Tena
Ind.
So
Mae Kahiam
Mama
(Amha) 3/1 Pro. (Kaha) PAP. 1/1 (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Sasura) 6/1
by me it was told
My father-in-law
Sasurassa
190
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #210
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Uppatti (Uppatti) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Eva
Ind.
Na
Ind.
Evam
Sacca
tthäne
Tuttho
(Tthāna) 7/11
(Tuṭṭha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Dhamma- [(Dhamma)+(Abhimuha)]
bhimuho
[(Dhamma)
Jão
Punaravi
Puttham
Tumae
Sāsue
Tie
Uttam
Sāsum
Pucchaha
Seṭṭhiņā
Sã
Puṭṭhā
Ind.
[(Sacca)
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Chammāsā (Chammāsa) 1/1
Kaham
Kahia
(Abhimuha) 1/1]
(Jaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
(Sāsū) 6/1
Ind.
(Kaha) PAP. 1/1
(Ti) 3/1 Pro.
(Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Sāsū) 2/1
(Puccha) Imp. 2/2 Tr.
(Seṭṭhi) 3/1 (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
(Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(is) born
yet
not
In this way
proper reason (by) means (of)
(he got) satisfied
religion
towards (proper) (and) turned
Again
it was asked
(by) her It was replied
(the) mother-in-law
by you
(the) (age of) mother-in-law
six month
How
was told
Ask
by the affluent man
She
was asked
191
Page #211
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
192
Tãe
Vi
Kahiam
Putta
vahūṇaṁ
Vayaṇam
Saccam
Jao
Mama
Savvanņu
dhamma
-pattie
Chammāsā
Eva
Jāyā
Jao
lo
Chammāsão
Puvvam
Kattha Vi
Maraṇa
pasange
Aham
Gayā
Tattha
Thiņam
(Ta) 3/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Kaha) PAP. 1/1
[(Putta)
(Vahu) 6/1]
(Vayana) 1/1
(Sacca) 1/1
Ind.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
[( Savvanņu)
(Dhamma) -
(Patti) 7/1]
(Chammāsa) 1/1
(by) her also
It was told
(the) daughter-in- law
Ind.
(Jaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
Ind.
(Chammāsa) 5/1
Ind.
Ind.
[(Maraṇa)
(Pasanga) 7/11
(Amha) 1/1 Pro.
(Gaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
(Thi) 6/2
(The) words (of) (are) true
because
my
(of the) omniscient (the) religion
in accepting
six months
only
have passed
the reason is
in this world
six months
before
(to) some place
of (some) death
on (the) occasion
(when) I went
at that place there of that women (the daughter-in-law)
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #212
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vivihaguņadosavattā Jāyā
[(Viviha)- regarding different (Guna).
virtues (Dosa).
(and) vices (Vattā) 1/1)
discussion (Jaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. occurred
------------
8. Egãe
Vuddhãe Uttam Nāriņa Majjhe Imie Puttavahủ Settha
(Ega) 3/1 Adj.
(Vuddhā) 3/1 (Utta) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Nārī) 6/2 (Majjha) 7/1
(Ima) 6/1 Pro. [(Putta)-(Vahū) 1/1] (Settha) 1/1 Adj. Fem.
(by) one old women It was said
women Among
her daughter-in-law
(is the) best
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Jovvanavae [(Jovvana)-(Vaa) 7/1
Vi
Sāsūbhatti
parā
Dhammakajjammi
Ind. [(Sāsū).
(Bhatti). (Parā) 1/1 Adv.)
[(Dhamma)(Kajja) 7/1] (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
Ind. (Apamatta) 1/1 Adi.
[(Giha)(Kajja) 7/2]
(At the age of) youthfulness
also her mother-in-law
out of devotion is turned towards
in religious performances
she
and (is) careful in household
affairs
sa
Eva Apamattā Gihakajjesu
Vi
Ind.
also
Kusala
(Kusala) 1/1 Adj.
(is) expert
Prakrta Prose and Verse
193
Page #213
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Nanna
Nobody
[(Na)+(Anna)]
(Na) Ind. Anna (Anna) 1/1 (Erisa) 1/1 Adj.
Erisă
else (is like her)
----------------
-----
-----------
Vi
Imie (lma) 6/1 Pro.
Her Sāsū
(Sāsū) 1/1 mother-in-law Nibbhagā (Nibbhaga) 1/1 Adj. (is) unfortunate Erisie (Erisi) 3/1 Adj. Fem.
by such Bhatti[(Bhatti)
a devoted vacchalãe (Vacchalā) 3/1 Adj.) Puttavahue (Puttavahu) 3/1 daughter-in-law Ind.
inspite of Dhamma- [(Dhamma)- (in doing) religious kajje
(Kajja) 7/1) performances Perijjamāṇāvi ((Pera)+(Ijja)+(Māņa)+(Avi)] [(Pera)-(lija)-(Māņa) Pass. PP.) being inspired Avi (Ind.)
also Dhammaṁ (Dhamma) 2/1
religious
(observances) Na Ind.
(does) not Kunei (Kuna) PT. 3/1 Tr. (she) (mother-in
law) perform Imaí
(lma) 2/1 Pro. Soūņa (Soūņa) Abs. Irre. Having heard Bahu
[(Bahū). of the daughter-in-law guņa
(Guņa)
with the virtues rañjia (Rañja) PAP.1/1 Irre.) (1) (became) happy (Ti) 6/1 Pro.
(through) her Muhao (Muha) 5/1
mouth
this
Tie
194
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #214
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Dhammo Patto
Dhammapattie Chammāsă Jāyā
(Dhamma) 1/1
(So) religion (Patta) PAP.1/1 Irre. was adopted (by me)
---- [(Dhamma)
(of) religion (Patti) 7/1) in the adoption (Chammāsa) 1/1 (Only) six months (Jāya) PAP.1/1 lrre. have passed
Ind. (Puttavahü) 3/1 by the daughter-in-law (Chammāsa) 1/1
six months (Kaha) PAP.1/1
were told (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
that (Jutta) 1/1 Adj.
(is) proper
Tao
so
Puttavahūe Chammasā Kahia
Tam
Juttam
Vi
9. Putto (Putta)1/1
(the) son Ind.
too Puttho (Puttha) PAP.1/1 Irre. was asked Tena (Ta) 3/1 Pro.
by him Ind. Uttam (Utta) PAP.1/1 Irre.
was told Rattie (Ratti) 7/1
(at) night Samaya. [(Samaya)- (Dhamma)+ dhamm- (Uvaesa)-(Parãe)] ovaesaparāe [(Samaya). (in) doctrines and (Dhamma)
religious (Uvaesa)
instruction (Para) 3/1 Adj.) (who)(was) immersed Bhajjãe
(Bhajjā) 3/1 (Through the) wife Samsár - [(Samsára).
(in the) world
Prakrta Prose and Verse
195
Page #215
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ca
distress
āsara(Asāra).
insubstantiality daṁsaņeņa (Daṁsaņa) 3/1] (through) observing Bhoga
[(Bhoga)vilāsānam (Vilāsa) 6/2]
of sensuality Ind.
and Pariņāma- [(Pariņāma).
as the result duha
(Duha)dāittaņeņa (Dāittana) 3/1) through arising Vāsā - [(Vāsa).
of (the) rainy nai(Nai).
river pūra
(Pūra)
the flowingness tulla(Tulla).
like
through the state (of ) juvvanattaņeņa (Juvvanattana) 3/1) youthfulness
(which is)
and Dehassa (Deha) 6/1
(of the) body Khana - [(Khana).
(through) the bhañgurattaņeņa(Bhañgurattaņa) 3/1] trasientness Jayammi (Jaya) 7/1
in the world Dhammo (Dhamma) 1/1
religion
certainly Şaru (Sāra) 1/1
(is) substantial Tti
in this way Uvadiţtho (Uvadiţtha) PAP.1/1 Irre. (who) was
instructed Haṁ
(Amha) 1/1 Pro. Savvannu- [(Savvanņu)- the worshipper dhamm(Dhamma)
of the religion ārāhago (Ārāhaga) 1/1] of the omniscient Jão (Jāa) PAP.1/1 Irre.
became
Ya
Ind.
Eva
Ind.
Ind.
Prákyta Prose and Verse
196
Page #216
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Today
Ajja Pañcavāsă Jāyā
Ind. [(Pañca)-(Vāsa) 1/2] (Jāya) PAP.1/1 Irre.
five years have elapsed
Tao
Vahue Maí Uddissa Pañcavāsă Kahia Tam Saccam
Ind.
O So (Vahū) 3/1 by the daughter-in-law (Amha) 2/1 Pro.
to me (Uddissa) Abs. Irre. having alluded [(Pañca)-(Vasa) 1/2)
five years (Kaha) PAP. 1/2
was told (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
That (Sacca) 1/1
is true
Ind.
Evam Kudumbassa Dhamma
(Kudumba) 4/1 [(Dhamma)(Patti) 6/1) (Vattā) 3/1
pattie
In this way for the family
relating to the adoption of religion
by virtue of the
conversation by the learned
Vatte
Viusie
Ya
(Viusī) 6/1
Ind. (Puttavahü) 6/1
and
Puttavahūe
Jahattha
[(Jahattha)vayanaṁ (Vayaņa) 2/1] Soūņa (Soūņa) Abs. Irre. Lacchidāso (Lacchidāsa) 1/1 Vi
Ind. Padibuddho (Padibuddha) 1/1 Adj. Vuddhattane (Vuddhattana) 7/1
(by the) daughter-in-law
the real
words having heard Laxmidāsa
also was educated
in old age
Prakrta Prose and Verse
197
Page #217
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Vi
Dhammam
Ārāhia
Saggaim
Patto Saparivāro
198
Ind.
and
(Dhamma) 1/1
(the) religion
(Ārāha) PAP.1/1 was observed (by him)
(Saggai) 1/1
(Patta) PAP.1/1 Irre. (Saparivāra) 1/1
(the) right path
got
(He) along with his family
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #218
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Lesson · 8 Gehe Süro Brave at home
Gehe Süro
(Geha) 7/1 (Sura) 1/1
at Home
Brave
In a
village
1. Egammi (Ega) 7/1Adj. Game
(Gáma) 7/1
(Ega) 1/1 Suvannayāro (Suvaņņayára) 1/1 Vasai (Vasa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
Ego
goldsmith (there) lived
Tassa
his
Rayapahassa Majjhabhãe Hațțigă Vijjai
(Ta) 6/1Pro. (Rāyapaha) 6/1 [(Majjha) Adj.
(bhāa) 7/1)
(Hattiga) 1/1 (Vijja) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(of) (the) main road In the middle
part
shop (there) existed
Ind.
Saya Majjharattie So Suvannabhariyam Mañjūsam Gahiūņam
[(Majjha)- Adj.
(Ratti) 7/1] (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
[(Suvanna)(Bhara) Adv. 2/1] (Mañjūsă) 2/1 (Gaha) Abs.
always (in the) mid
night
he (of) gold
full
a case Having taken
Praksta Prose and Verse
199
Page #219
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Niya
gharammi Agacchai
Egayā
Tassa
Bhajjäe
Cintiaṁ
Eso
Mama
Bhatta
Savvayā
Mañjūsaṁ
Gahiūnaṁ
Majjha
rattie
Gehe
Agacchai
Tam
Na
Varam
Jao
Kayāvi
Magge
Corā
Milejjā
Tayā
Kim
200
[(Niya) Adj.(Ghara)7/1]
(Āgaccha) PT. 3/1Tr.
Ind.
(Ta) 6/1Pro.
(Bhajjā) 3/1
(Cinta) PAP. 1/1 Adj.
(Eta) 1/1 Pro.
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Bhattu) 1/1
Ind.
(Mañjūsā) 2/1
(Gaha) Abs.
[(Majjha) Adj.
(Ratti) 7/1]
(Geha) 7/1
(Āgaccha) PT. 3/1Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Vara) 1/1 Adj.
Ind.
Ind.
(Magga) 7/1
(Cora) 1/2
(Mila) PT.3/2 Tr.
Ind.
Ind.
(his) own
house
comes (to)
Once
his
(by) wife
it was thought
this
my
husband
always
(the) case
Having taken
in the mid
night
(to the) house
comes
This
is not
proper
because
if
in the way
thieves
meet (him)
then
what
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #220
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Hojjā
(Ho) Fu.3/2 Intr.
(will) happen
----------
Tao
Ind. Tie
(Tā) 3/1 Pro. Niya
· [(Niva) Adi. bhattaro (Bhattāra) 1/1) Vutto (Vutta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. He Pia
(Pia) 8/1 Majjharattie [(Majjha)Adj.-(Ratti) 7/1]
Then (by) her her own husband
was told Oh beloved!
in the midnight
Your to the house
coming
is not befitting in this way
Tujjha Gihe Agamaņań Na Sohanaṁ
(Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
(Giha) 7/1 (Agamaņa) 1/1
Ind. (Sohana) 1/1 Adj.
Ind.
Ti
--------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in the middle
part
if
Majjhabhae Kayavi Ko Vi Milejjā Taya Kim
[(Majjha) Adj.(Bhaa) 7/1]
Ind.
Ind. (Mila) PT.3/1 Tr.
Ind.
Ind. (Ho) Fu.3/1 Intr.
anybody (you) meets
then
What (will) happen
Hojjā
He
So Kahei
said
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr. (Tumha) 1/1 Pro. (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
You
Tum Mama
my
Prāksta Prose and Verse
201
Page #221
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(Bala) 2/1
Ind. (Jāna) PT. 2/1 Tr.
Balam Na Jāņāsi Tena Evas Bollesi
strength do not know
so
this (you) utter
Ind. Ind.
(Bolla) PT. 2/1 Tr.
Purao
me before of persons (If) hundreds
Mama (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ind. Nara
[(Nara)sayaṁ
(Saya) 1/1Adj.]
Ind. Agacchejja (Āgaccha) PT.3/2 Tr. Te
(Ta) 1/2 Pro. Kim
(Kim) 2/1 Pro. Adj. Kunejjā
(Kuņa) Fu.3/2 Tr.
Pi
even
come they
what (will) do
-------------------------
---------
Mamaggao
Те Kimavi Kāuri Na Samatthā
[(Mama)+(Aggao)] Mama (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Aggao (Ind.) (Ta) 1/2 Pro.
Ind. (Kāuṁ) Inf. Irre.
Ind. (Samattha) 1/2 Adj.
me before
They anything (of) doing
are not capable
Tumae (Tumha) 3/1 Pro. Bhayaṁ
(Bhaya) 1/1 Na
Ind. Kayavvaṁ (Kāyavva) OPP. 1/1 Irre.
by you Fear
not (should be) felt
202
Prākta Prose and Verse
Page #222
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Evam
Suņiūna
Tie
Cintiam
Gehe
Sūro
Mama
Pio
Atthi
Samae
Tassa
Parikkham
Kähimi
2. Egayā
Sã
Niya
ghara
samiva
vāsiņie
Khattiyāņie
Ghare
Gantūṇa
Kahei
Ind.
(Suna) Abs.
(Ta) 3/1 Pro.
(Cinta) PAP. 1/1
Präkrta Prose and Verse
(Geha) 7/1
(Sūra) 1/1
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Pia) 1/1
(Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(Samaya) 7/1 (Ta) 6/1 Pro.
(Parikkha) 2/1
(Kahimi) Fu. 1/1 Tr. Irre.
Ind.
(Tā) 1/1 Pro.
[(Niya)
(Ghara)
(Samiva) -
(Ghara) 7/1
(Gantūna) Abs.Irre.
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
He Piyasahi [(Piya) Adj. (Sahi) 8/1] (Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
Tum
Tava
(Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
in this way Having heard
by her
it was thought
at home
brave
My
husband
(on some) occasion
her
test
(I) shall do
is
house
near (by) (who was)
the resident of
(Vāsiņi) 6/1 Adj.] (Khattiyāņi)6/1 (of) (a women of the)
Ksatriya (Caste group) (to the) house
having gone
says
Oh dear friend!
You
your
Once
she
her
203
Page #223
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
of husband
all
Bhattuno (Bhattu) 6/1 Savvaṁ (Savva) 2/1 Pro.Adj. Vatthabhūsam[(Vattha)-(Bhūsa) 2/1] Majjha (Amha) 4/1 Pro. Appehi (Appa) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
(the) attire
me
give
Mama Kimpi Paoyana Atthi
(Amha) 6/1 Pro.
Ind. (Paoyana) 1/1 (Asa) PT. 3/1 Intr.
(of) mine
some purpose (There) is
---------------------------------
-------
-------------
Tie
(Ta) 3/1 Pro. Adj. (by) the woman Khattiyāṇie (Khattiyāṇī) 3/1 of the Ksatriya
(Caste) Appaņo (Appaņo) Ind.
(of) her own Piassa (Pia) 6/1
husband's Asisahia [(Asi)-(Sahia) 1/1] (along) with
(the) sword, Siravedhaņa[(Sira)-(Vedhaņa)1/1] covering of the head, Kadipațțăi ((Kadi)-[(Patta)-(Ai) 1/2) belt etc. Suhada[(Suhada).
(the) warrior vesaṁ
(Vesa) 1/1) (The) attire (of) Savvaṁ (Savva) 1/1 Pro.
everything Samappiaṁ (Samappa) PAP. 1/1 (was) given (to me)
Sa Gahiūņa Gehe Gayā
(Tā) 1/1 Pro.
She (Gaha) Abs. having taken them (Geha) 7/1
home (Gaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
went
------
-------
204
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #224
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Ind.
3. Jaya
When Rattie (Ratti) 7/1
(at) night Ego
(Ega) 1/1 (one Prahara) three Jāmo (Jāma) 1/1
hours Gao (Gaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
passed Taya Ind.
then Sā (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
she Tam (Ta) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
that Savvaṁ (Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
all Suhadavesaṁ[(Suhada)-(Vesa) 2/1) warrior's attire Parihāya (Pariha) Abs.
having worn Asim (Asi) 2/1
(and) sword Gahiūņa (Gaha) Abs.
having taken Nissañcare (Nissañcāra) 7/1Adj. devoid of
any movement Rāyapahammi (Rāyapaha) 7/1 on the main road
Niggayā
Fem. (Niggaya + Niggayā) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
went
----
--------
Piassa Hattão Näidūre
not
Rukkhassa
(Pia) 6/1
the husband's (Hațța) 5/1
shop ((Na)+(Ai)+(Dūre)]
(Na) Ind. (Ai) Ind. (Dūra) 7/1 very far from (near) (Rukkha) 6/1
(the) tree Ind.
behind (Appaña) 2/1
herself (Āvara) Abs. Having made hidden (Thiă) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (she remained)
standing
Paccha Appanam Avaria Thia
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Prāksta Prose and Verse
205
Page #225
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kiyanta
kāle
So
Sonṇāro
Hattam
Samvariya
Mañjūsaṁ
Ca
Hattheṇa
Gahiūna
So
Bhaya
bhanto
Io Tao
Påsanto
Siggham
Gacchanto
Jāva
Tassa
Rukkhassa
Samivaṁ
Agao
Tayā
Purisa
Sã
Sahasă
Nisariūna
Maunena
[(Kiyanta)Adj.(Kāla) 7/1]
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
(Sonnāra) 1/1
(Haṭṭa) 2/1
(Samvara) Abs.
(Mañjūsā) 2/1
Ind.
(Hattha) 3/1
(Gaha) Abs.
206
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
[(Bhaya)
(Bhanta) 1/1 Adj.]
Ind.
(Pāsa) PP. 1/1
(Siggha) 1/1
(Gaccha) PP. 1/1
Ind.
(Ta) 6/1 Pro.Adj.
(Rukkha) 6/1
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Nisara) Abs.
(Mauņa) 3/1
after some
time
that
(Samiva) 1/1 Adj. (Agaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ind.
[(Purisa)
vesadhāriņi(Vesa)- (Dhāriņi) 1/1 Adj.] (in the) disguise
(of the)
she suddenly
having come out silently
goldsmith (the) shop
Having closed the case
and
in hand
having held
he
(with) fear
perplexing
here and there
seeing
quickly
going
when
that
tree
near
came
then
man
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #226
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Tam
(Ta) 2/1
Nibbhacchei (Nibbhaccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Hum Hum
Savvam
Muñcehi
Annahā
Māraissaṁ
So
Akamhā
Rundhio
Bhaena
Tharatharanto
Mam
Na
Māresu
Mam
Na
Māresu
la
Kahiūna
Mañjūsā
Appiā
Tao Sá
Prakrta Prose and Verse
him
disdained
(and tells him with gesture)
Yes, Yes
everything
leave
otherwise
(I will) kill (you)
Ind.
(Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
(Muñca) Imp.2/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Māra) Fu. 1/1 Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Rundha) PAP. 1/1
(Bhaya) 3/1
(Tharathara) PP. 1/1
(Amha) 2/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Māra) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
(Amha) 2/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Māra) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Kaha) Abs.
(Mañjusā) 1/1
(Appa) PAP. 1/1
Ind.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
he
All of a sudden
(was) detained
with fear
Trembling
me
(do) not
kill
me
(do) not
kill
in this way
Having said
(the) case
(he) handed over
(to her)
Then she
207
Page #227
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
all (the)
worn
clothes (for) taking
(of) sword (the) point
Savva
[(Savva)parihia
( Pariha)PAP. vattha
(Vattha)ggahaņāya (Ggahaņa) 4/1) Karavāl- [(Karavāla)+(Aggaṁ)] aggam
[(Karavāla).
(Agga) 2/1] Tassa
(Ta) 6/1 Pro. Vacchammi (Vaccha) 7/1 Thaviūņa (Thava) Abs. Sannae (Sannae) PAP. 2/2 Irre. Vasaņāií
(Vasaņa) 2/2
Ind. Kaddhāvei (Kaddha)+(Āva)
PT. Cau. 3/1 Tr.
his
(on) chest having put (the) worn clothes
also causes to take off
Pi
Tayā
Then
So
he
Parihia -
Ind. (Ta) 1/1 Pro. [(Pariha) - PAP. (Kadi)-(Pattaya)
(Metta) 1/1] (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
kadipattaya
to have worn loin clothe
only remained
metto
Jão
-------
--------
Then she
Tao Sa Kadi - pattayam
Ind. (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
[(Kadi). (Pattaya) 2/1]
Ind.
the lion cloth
also
Pi
208
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #228
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Maraṇa
bhayam
Daṁsiūna
Kaddhāvei
So
Ahuṇā
Jão
Iva
Naggo
Jão
Sä
Savvam
Gahiūna
Gharammi
Thiā
4. So
[(Marana)
(Bhaya) 2/1]
(Damsa) Abs.
(Kaḍḍha)+(Āva)
PT. Cau. 3/1 Tr.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Jāa) PAP. Irre. 1/1
Ind.
Fem.
Gaya (Gaya Gaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
Ghara
[(Ghara) -
dāraṁ
(Dāra) 2/1]
Pihiūna
(Pihiūņa) Abs. Irre.
Anto
Ind.
Präkrta Prose and Verse
(Nagga) 1/1 Adj.
(Jaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Savva) 2/1 Pro. Adj.
(Gaha) Abs.
(Ghara) 7/1
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Suvanṇayāro (Suvaṇṇayāra) 1/1
(Bhaya) 3/1
Bhaena Kampamāṇo
(Kampa) PP. 1/1
of death
the fear
having indicated
causes to take off
Fem.
(Thia Thia) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
he
Now
a child
like
naked
became
she
everything Having taken
home (and)
(the) gate having closed
inside (the home)
went
(of the) home
(she) sat
that
goldsmith with fear
Trembling
209
Page #229
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Jaya
lo Tao
Ind.
hear and there Avaloento (Avaloa) PP. 1/1
seeing Magge (Magga) 7/1
(on the) way Āvaņavihie [(Avaņa)-(Vihi)] 5/1 (the) market road Gacchanto (Gaccha) PP. 1/1
going on Kamena (Kama) 3/1
in turn Ind.
when Sāga[(Sāga).
(of) vegetables vāvāriņo (Vāvāri) 6/1] (of the) merchant Hatta - [(Hatta)+(Samivam)+ samiva
(Agao)] magao [(Hatta)
(of the) shop (Samīva) 2/1]
near the Āgao (Āgaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.] reached Tayā Ind.
then Keņa (Ka) 3/1 Pro.
by Jaņeņa (Jaņa) 3/1
somebody Pakka(Pakka)Adj.
ripened cibbhadaṁ (Cibbhada) 1/1
cucumber Bāhiraṁ (Bāhira) Ind.
outside Pakkhittam(Pakkhitta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. was thrown Taṁ (Ta) 1/1 Pro.
that Tu
Ind. Tassa (Tā) 6/1 Pro. Adj.
that Suvannayārassa (Suvaņņayāra) 6/1 (of) the goldsmith Pitthabhāge ((Pițțha)-(Bhāga) 7/1) (the) back Laggiaṁ (Lagga) PAP. 1/1. hit against
then
(la) b/
Tena Nāyam
(Tā) 3/1 Pro. (Nā) PAP. 1/1
(by) him It was understood
210
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #230
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kenávi
[(Keňa)+(Avi)] Keņa (Ka)3/1 Pro. (that) by somebody Avi (Ind.)
certainly (Amha) 1/1 Pro. (Pahara) PAP. 1/1 have been struck
Aham Pahario
and
Pitthadese [(Pittha)-(Desa) 7/1] (at) (the) back Hatthena (Hattha) 3/1 (with) his hand Phāsei (Phāsa) PT.3/1 Tr. (He) touched Tattha Ind.
There Cibbhadassa (Cibbhada) 6/1 of the cucumber Rasam (Rasa) 2/1
(at the) sap Biāim (Bia) 2/2
seeds Са
Ind. Phásiūņaṁ (Phāsa) Abs. having touched Viariam (Viāra) PAP. 1/1 (It was) thought
(by him) Aho Ind.
Oh! Ham
(Amha) 1/1 Pro. Gādhayaram (Gadhayara) 2/1 Adv.
intensely Pahario (Pahara) PAP. 1/1 have been struck Mhi
(Asa) PT. 1/1 Intr. Tena
so Ghaeņa (Ghāa) 3/1
(the) wound Saha Ind.
with Soniam (Sonia) 1/1
blood
along with Niggayaṁ (Niggaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (has) come out Tammajjhe [(Tam)+(Majjhe)]
Taṁ (Ta) Adv. (and) because of this Majjhe (Majjha) 7/1
in that
Ind.
Pi
Ind.
Praksta Prose and Verse
www.ja library.org
Page #231
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kidagāvi [(Kidaga) + (Avi)] Kidaga (Kīdaga) 1/2
insects Avi (Ind.)
also Samuppannā (Samuppanna) (there) have grown
PAP. 1/2 Irre. Evam Ind.
In this way Accantabhay- [(Accanta)+(Bhaya)+(Aulo)] aulo [(Accanta)Adj.
very much (Bhaya)
(with) fear (he) (Āula) 1/1)
perturbed Turiam Turiaṁ Ind.
speedily Gacchanto (Gaccha) PP. 1/1
going Gharaddāre [(Ghara)
(of the) house (Ddāra) 7/1
(at the gate Samagao (Samāgaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre. arrived
5. Pihiam (Pihia) PAP. 2/1 Irre. Ghara
[(Ghara)ddāram
(Ddāra) 2/1 Pasiūņa
(Pāsa) Abs. Niyabhajjke [(Niya) Adj.
(Bhajjā) 4/1] Ahavaṇatthaṁ (Ahavana) 4/1 Uccasareņa [(Ucca) Adj.
(Sara) 3/1] Kahei (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
the closed (the) house
gate (of) Having seen
his
wife for calling in the loud
voice (he) tells
-------
He Mayaņassa (Mayaņa) 6/1 Mayare (Māyara) 8/1
Oh, madana's
mother
212
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #232
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Däram
(Dāra) 2/1 Ugghādehi (Ugghäda) Imp. 2/1 Tr. Dāram
(Dāra) 2/1 Ugghādehi (Ugghāda) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
(the) gate
open (the) gate
open ---------
-------
-
-
-
-
She
Sa
(Tā) 1/1 Pro. Abbhantara- [(Abbhantara). tthia
(Tthiā) PAP. 1/1 Irre.) Suņanti
(Suņa) PP. 1/1
Ind. Asuņantiva [(A) Ind. (Suņantī).
(Va) PP. 1/1) Kiñci
Ind. Kalam
(Kāla) 2/1
Vi
inside
sat (though) hearing
yet not hearing
as if for some
time
Thiä
Fem. (Thia → Thiā) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(she) stayed
Sá
Aivakkosaņe [(Aiva)+(Akkosaņe)] Aiva (Ind.)
so much Akkosaņe (Akkosana) 7/1 On being angry (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
she Āgacca (Agacca) Abs. Irre. having come Dāram (Dāra) 2/1
(and) (the) gate Ugghādia (Ugghāda) Abs. having opened Evam Ind.
in this way Pucchai (Puccha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
asked Kim
Ind. Bahus (Bahu) 1/1 Adj.
so much Akkosasi (Akkosa) PT. 2/1 Tr. (do you) shout
Why
Prakrta Prose and Verse
213
Page #233
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
So
Bhaya
bhanto
Gihammi
Pavisia
Bhajjam
Kahei
Dāraṁ
Siggham
Pihāhi
Talagaṁ
Pi
Desu
Tie
Savvam
Kāūņa
Puttham
Kim
Evam
Naggo
Jāo
Cala
Pacchā
Mam
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. (Bhayabhanta) 1/1 Adj.
(Giha) 7/1
(Pavisa) Abs.
(Bhajjā) 2/1
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Dāra) 2/1
214
(Siggha) 1/1 Adj.
(Piha) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
(Tālaga) 2/1
Ind.
(Da) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
Tena
(Ta) 3/1 Pro. Vuttam (Vutta) PAP. 1/1 Irre. Abbhantare (Abbhantara) 7/1 Adj.
Avavarae
(Avavaraa) 7/1
He
was seized with fear
(Ta) 3/1 Pro.
(Savva) 2/1 Pro.
(Kāūņa) Abs. Irre.
(Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Kim) 1/1 Pro.
Ind. (Nagga) 1/1 (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Cala) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Amha) 2/1 Pro.
in (the) house
having entered (his) wife
tells
(the) gate
hurriedly
close
(and) lock (on it)
also
put
she
all (this)
Having done asked (him)
Why
in this way
(have you) naked
become
(by) him
It was told
inside
(the) small room
Come
(and) afterwards
me
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #234
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
(Puccha) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
ask
--
-
-
-
Puccha ----------- Gihassa Ante Avavarae Gaccă Niccinto Jão
(Giha) 6/1 (Anta) 7/1 Adj. (Avavaraa) 7/1 (Gaccă) Abs. Irre.
(Niccinta) 1/1 (Jāa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(of) (the) house
(at the) end
in the room
Having gone free from anxiety
(he) became
----------
--------------
Tie Puno vi Puttham
Kim Eva;
(Tā) 3/1 Pro.
Ind. (Puttha) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (Kim) 1/1 Pro.
Ind. (Nagga) 1/1 (Agaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(by) her Also again it was asked
Why in this way (have you) naked
come
Naggo Agao
Tena Kahiya Corehim Luņthio Savvaṁ Avaharia Naggo Kao
(Ta) 3/1 Pro.
(by) him (Kaha) PAP.1/1
It was told (Cora) 3/2
(by) thieves (Lunțhia) PAP. 1/1 Irre. I have been looted
(Savva) 2/1 Pro. away everything (Avahara) Abs. Having snatched
(Nagga) 1/1 naked (by) them (Kaa) PAP. 1/1 Irre. (I) have been made
Sā Kahei Puvvam Mae
(Tā) 1/1 Pro. (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Puvva) 1/1Adj. (Amha) 3/1 Pro.
She
said earlier (by) me
Prakrta Prose and Verse
215
Page #235
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Kahiyam He Sāmi
Tae
Eva
Ind.
Majjharattie [(Majjha) Adj. (Ratti) 7/1]
Mañjūsaṁ
(Mañjūsā) 2/1
Gahiūṇa
(Gaha) Abs.
Na
Ind.
Tumae
Na
Manniam
Tena
Evam
Jāyam
Agantavvaṁ (Agantavva) OPP. 1/1. Irre.
So
Kahei
Aham
Mahā
balittho
Vi
Kim
Karomi
(Kaha) PAP. 1/1 (Sami) 8/1
(Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
Jai
Pañca
Cha
Vā
216
(Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Manna) PAP. 1/1
(Ta) 3/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Jaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
(Amha) 1/1 Pro.
[(Mahā) Adj.
(Balittha) 1/1]
Ind.
(Kim) 1/1 Pro. Adj.
(Kara) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Pañca) 1/2 Adj.
(Cha) 1/2 Adj.
Ind.
it has been told Oh master (by) you
in this way
(in) midnight
the case
having taken
no
should be
made movement
(by) you (was) not
(This) accepted
SO
this
(has) happened
He
said
(Though) I (am)
very
strong
yet
what
(to) do
If
five
six
or
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #236
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Corå
Agayǎ
Hojjā
Tayǎ
Te
Savve
Aham
Jeum
Samattho
Ee
U
Sayaso
Theṇā
Āgayā
Teṇāhaṁ
Tehim
Saha
Jujjhamāņo
Parājio
Savvaṁ
Lunthiūna
Naggo
Kao
Pitthadese
Ya
Asiņāhaṁ
Präkrta Prose and Verse.
(Cora) 1/2
(Agaya) PAP. 1/2 Irre.
(Ho) 3/2
Ind.
(Ta) 2/2 Pro. Adj.
(Savva) 2/2 Pro. Adj.
(Amha) 1/1 Pro.
(Jeum) Inf. Irre.
(Samattha) 1/1 Adj.
(Ea) 1/2 Pro. Adj.
Ind.
Ind.
(Thena) 1/2
(Agaya) PAP. 1/2 Irre. [(Tena)+(Aham)]
Teņa (Ind.)
Aham (Amha) 1/1 Pro.
(Ta) 3/2 Pro.
Ind.
(Jujjha) PP. 1/1
(Parajia) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
(Savva) 2/2 Pro. Adj.
Ind. [(Asiņā)+(Aham)] Asiņā (Asi) 3/1
Aham (Amha) 1/1 Pro.
thieves
there have come
then
them
all
I (was)
of winning
capable
there
But
hundreds
(of) thieves
came
SO
I
them
with
(Luntha) Abs. having snatched away
(Nagga) 1/1 Adj.
naked
(Kaa) PAP. 1/1Irre. (I) have been made [(Pittha)-(Desa) 7/1]
(in the) back
and
Fighting
was defeated
everything
(by) sword
I
217
Page #237
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Pahario (Pahara) PAP. 1/
1 have been struck Pāsesu (Pasa) Imp. 2/1 Tr.
see Pitthadesaṁ [(Pittha)-(Desa)2/1]
my back Ghiena (Ghāa) 3/1
wound Saha
Ind. Kidagāvi [(Kidagā)+(Avi)] Kidaga (Kidaga)1/2
insects Avi (Ind.)
also Uppannā (Uppanna) PAP. 1/2 Irre. have grown
with
She his
back
6. Tie
(Tā) 3/1 Pro. Tassa
(Ta) 6/1 Pro. Pitthadesaṁ [(Piţtha)-(Desa)2/1) Pasitta
(Pasa) Abs. Nāyam
(Nā)PAP. 1/1 Cibbhadassa (Cibbhada) 6/1 Rasaṁ
(Rasa) 1/1 Biyaiṁ
(Biya) 1/2 Са
Ind. Imáim
(Ima) 1/2 Pro. Adj. Santi
(Asa) PT. 3/2 Tr.
Having seen
knew (of) cucumber
sap seeds
and (that) there
are
--------------
-
-
-
-
-
Bhattussam
Vi
Kahiaṁ Sāmi Bhayabhantena
(Bhattu) 4/1
Ind. (Kaha) PAP. 1/1
(Sāmi) 8/1 [(Bhaya)-(Bhanta)
3/1Adj.] (Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
for the husband
also It was told Oh master!
(with) fear being seized
by you
Tae
218
Praksta Prose and Verse
Page #238
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Evam
Jāņiyam
Kena
Vi
Aham
Pahario
Evam
Tao
Soniam
Niggayam
Tattha
Ya
Kiḍagā
Vi
Samuppannā
Tam
Na
Saccam
Tum
Cibbhadena
Pahario
Si
Tassa
Rasam
Biyāim
Ca
Pitthadese Laggaiṁ
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Ind.
(Jāņa) PAP. 1/1
(Ka) 3/1 Pro. Ind.
(Amha) 1/1 Pro.
(Pahara) PAP. 1/1
Ind.
Ind.
(Sonia) 1/1
(Niggaya) PAP. 1/1Irre.
Ind.
Ind.
(Kiḍaga) 1/2
Ind.
(Samuppanna) PAP. 1/2 Irre.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Ind.
(Sacca) 1/1
(Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
(Cibbhada) 3/1
(Pahara) PAP. 1/1
(Asa) PT. 2/1 Intr. (Ta) 6/1 Pro.
(Rasa) 1/1
(Biya) 1/2
Ind.
[(Pittha)-(Desa) 7/1] (Lagga) PAP. 1/2Irre.
in this manner
it has been Known
(by) somebody
that
I
have been struck
(and) in this way
as (a) result blood
has come out
there
and
insects
also
have grown
It
not
(is) true
You
(by) cucumber have been struck
its
sap
seeds
and
(on the) back
were attached
219
Page #239
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Tao
Tassa
Deha
pakkhālaṇāya (Pakkhālaṇa) 4/11
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
Sā
Jalam
Gahiūna
Āgayā Niyapaissa
Deha
suddhim
Kareūņa
vatth
appane
Taim
Ceva
Vatthaim
Appei
[(Deha)
(Suddhi) 2/1]
(Kare) Abs.
Parihaṇa-[(Parihāṇa)+(Vattha)+(Appane)]
So
Täim
Vatthäim
Pāsiūṇaṁ
Ind.
(Ta) 6/1 Pro.
[(Deha)
Kahei
Hum, Hum
Mae
(Jala) 2/1
(Gaha) Abs.
220
(Āgaya) PAP. 1/1 Irre. [(Niya) Adj. (Pai) 6/1]
[(Parihāna)
(Vattha)
(Appaṇa) 7/1] (Ta) 1/2 Pro.
Ind.
(Vattha) 1/2
(Appa) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Dhitthattaneṇa(Dhitṭhattana) 3/1
(Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
Ind.
(Amha) 3/1 Pro.
(Ta) 1/1 Pro.
(Ta) 2/2 Pro. Adj. (Vattha) 2/2
(Pāsa) Abs.
Then
his
body
for washing
she
water
Having brought
came
(Then) of her
husband
of the body
cleaning
having done
which were looted
(by her) clothes
in present
those
only
clothes
gave
he
those
clothes
Having seen
with brashness
says
yes, yes by me
Präkrta Prose and Verse
Page #240
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Tayacciya
Tumam Nāyā
Mae
(Tayā+Cciya)
Tayā (Ind.)
Cciya (Ind.) (Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
(Nā) PAP. 1/1 (Amha) 3/1 Pro. (Cinta) PAP. 1/1 (Amha) 6/1 Pro.
(Bhajjā) 1/1
(Ki) 1/1 Pro. (Kara) PT. 3/1 Tr.
at that time
even
you were known
by me It was thought
my wife What will do
Cintiam
Mama Bhajjā Kim Karei
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Teņāham [(Tena)+(Ahaṁ)]
Tena (Ind.)
Aham (Amha) 1/1 Pro. Bhayabhanto [(Bhaya) - of seizing with fear
(Bhanta) 1/1) Iva
Ind.
like (the fact) Tattha Ind.
there Thio (Thia) PAP. 1/1 Irre.
stayed Savvávaharana-[(Savvā)+(Avaharanaṁ) + muvekkhiaṁ (Uvekkhiaṁ)] [(Savvā)
(and) all (Avaharana) 1/1)
lootedness Uvekkhiaṁ (Uvekkha) PAP. 1/1 was neglected Annaha Ind.
Otherwise Mama (Amha) 6/1 Pro. Purao
Ind.
(possesses) before Itthie (Itthi) 6/1
(a) woman Kā (Kā) 1/1 Pro.
what (Satti) 1/1
strength
me
Satti
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
.
.
.
Prákyta Prose and Verse
221
Page #241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________
Sa (Tā) 1/1 Pro.
She Kahei (Kaha) PT. 3/1 Tr.
said He Bhattāra (He Bhattāra) 8/1 Oh master! Tava (Tumha) 6/1 Pro.
your Balam (Bala) 1/1
strength Mae (Amha) 3/1 Pro.
(by) me Tayā Ind.
at that time Ceva Ind.
even Nāyam (Naya) PAP. 1/1 was understood Gehe (Geha) 7/1
at home Sūro (Sura) 1/1
brave Tumaṁ (Tumha) 1/1 Pro.
You Asi (Asi) PT. 2/1 Intr.
are Ао Ind.
only Ajjayaņão (Ajjayana) 5/1
from today Tumae (Tumha) 3/1 Pro.
by you Majjharattie [(Majjha)-(Ratti) 7/1) in midnight Mañjūsaṁ (Mañjūså) 2/1 (So) (the) case Gahiūņa (Gaha) Abs.
having taken Kayāvi Na
Ind. Agantavvaṁ (Āgantavva) OPP. 1/1 Irre. coming
(from the shop)
should be made by you Ind.
In this way Bhajjāe (Bhajjā) 6/1
wife's Vayanam (Vayana) 2/1
words So
(Ta) 1/1 Pro. Angikarei (Angikara) PT. 3/1 Tr. accepted
never
Ti
he
222
Prakrta Prose and Verse
Page #242
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________ www.jainelibrary